mirror of
https://github.com/ilyakooo0/nixpkgs.git
synced 2024-12-27 13:57:10 +03:00
nixos/manual: render module chapters with nixos-render-docs
this converts meta.doc into an md pointer, not an xml pointer. since we no longer need xml for manual chapters we can also remove support for manual chapters from md-to-db.sh since pandoc converts smart quotes to docbook quote elements and our nixos-render-docs does not we lose this distinction in the rendered output. that's probably not that bad, our stylesheet didn't make use of this anyway (and pre-23.05 versions of the chapters didn't use quote elements either). also updates the nixpkgs manual to clarify that option docs support all extensions (although it doesn't support headings at all, so heading anchors don't work by extension).
This commit is contained in:
parent
8b8670db10
commit
0a6e6cf7e6
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ If the build succeeds, the manual will be in `./result/share/doc/nixpkgs/manual.
|
||||
|
||||
As per [RFC 0072](https://github.com/NixOS/rfcs/pull/72), all new documentation content should be written in [CommonMark](https://commonmark.org/) Markdown dialect.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional syntax extensions are available, though not all extensions can be used in NixOS option documentation. The following extensions are currently used:
|
||||
Additional syntax extensions are available, all of which can be used in NixOS option documentation. The following extensions are currently used:
|
||||
|
||||
- []{#ssec-contributing-markup-anchors}
|
||||
Explicitly defined **anchors** on headings, to allow linking to sections. These should be always used, to ensure the anchors can be linked even when the heading text changes, and to prevent conflicts between [automatically assigned identifiers](https://github.com/jgm/commonmark-hs/blob/master/commonmark-extensions/test/auto_identifiers.md).
|
||||
@ -38,6 +38,10 @@ Additional syntax extensions are available, though not all extensions can be use
|
||||
## Syntax {#sec-contributing-markup}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
::: {.note}
|
||||
NixOS option documentation does not support headings in general.
|
||||
:::
|
||||
|
||||
- []{#ssec-contributing-markup-anchors-inline}
|
||||
**Inline anchors**, which allow linking arbitrary place in the text (e.g. individual list items, sentences…).
|
||||
|
||||
@ -67,10 +71,6 @@ Additional syntax extensions are available, though not all extensions can be use
|
||||
|
||||
This syntax is taken from [MyST](https://myst-parser.readthedocs.io/en/latest/syntax/syntax.html#roles-an-in-line-extension-point). Though, the feature originates from [reStructuredText](https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/restructuredtext/roles.html#role-manpage) with slightly different syntax.
|
||||
|
||||
::: {.note}
|
||||
Inline roles are available for option documentation.
|
||||
:::
|
||||
|
||||
- []{#ssec-contributing-markup-admonitions}
|
||||
**Admonitions**, set off from the text to bring attention to something.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -96,10 +96,6 @@ Additional syntax extensions are available, though not all extensions can be use
|
||||
- [`tip`](https://tdg.docbook.org/tdg/5.0/tip.html)
|
||||
- [`warning`](https://tdg.docbook.org/tdg/5.0/warning.html)
|
||||
|
||||
::: {.note}
|
||||
Admonitions are available for option documentation.
|
||||
:::
|
||||
|
||||
- []{#ssec-contributing-markup-definition-lists}
|
||||
[**Definition lists**](https://github.com/jgm/commonmark-hs/blob/master/commonmark-extensions/test/definition_lists.md), for defining a group of terms:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -68,12 +68,15 @@ let
|
||||
|
||||
sources = lib.sourceFilesBySuffices ./. [".xml"];
|
||||
|
||||
modulesDoc = builtins.toFile "modules.xml" ''
|
||||
<section xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" id="modules">
|
||||
${(lib.concatMapStrings (path: ''
|
||||
<xi:include href="${path}" />
|
||||
'') (lib.catAttrs "value" config.meta.doc))}
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
modulesDoc = runCommand "modules.xml" {
|
||||
nativeBuildInputs = [ pkgs.nixos-render-docs ];
|
||||
} ''
|
||||
nixos-render-docs manual docbook \
|
||||
--manpage-urls ${pkgs.path + "/doc/manpage-urls.json"} \
|
||||
"$out" \
|
||||
--section \
|
||||
--section-id modules \
|
||||
--chapters ${lib.concatMapStrings (p: "${p.value} ") config.meta.doc}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
||||
generatedSources = runCommand "generated-docbook" {} ''
|
||||
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ file.
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ ericsagnes ];
|
||||
doc = ./default.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./default.md;
|
||||
buildDocsInSandbox = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ file.
|
||||
|
||||
- `maintainers` contains a list of the module maintainers.
|
||||
|
||||
- `doc` points to a valid DocBook file containing the module
|
||||
- `doc` points to a valid [Nixpkgs-flavored CommonMark](
|
||||
https://nixos.org/manual/nixpkgs/unstable/#sec-contributing-markup
|
||||
) file containing the module
|
||||
documentation. Its contents is automatically added to
|
||||
[](#ch-configuration). Changes to a module documentation have to
|
||||
be checked to not break building the NixOS manual:
|
||||
@ -40,26 +42,6 @@ file.
|
||||
$ nix-build nixos/release.nix -A manual.x86_64-linux
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This file should *not* usually be written by hand. Instead it is preferred
|
||||
to write documentation using CommonMark and converting it to CommonMark
|
||||
using pandoc. The simplest documentation can be converted using just
|
||||
|
||||
```ShellSession
|
||||
$ pandoc doc.md -t docbook --top-level-division=chapter -f markdown+smart > doc.xml
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
More elaborate documentation may wish to add one or more of the pandoc
|
||||
filters used to build the remainder of the manual, for example the GNOME
|
||||
desktop uses
|
||||
|
||||
```ShellSession
|
||||
$ pandoc gnome.md -t docbook --top-level-division=chapter \
|
||||
--extract-media=media -f markdown+smart \
|
||||
--lua-filter ../../../../../doc/build-aux/pandoc-filters/myst-reader/roles.lua \
|
||||
--lua-filter ../../../../../doc/build-aux/pandoc-filters/docbook-writer/rst-roles.lua \
|
||||
> gnome.xml
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
- `buildDocsInSandbox` indicates whether the option documentation for the
|
||||
module can be built in a derivation sandbox. This option is currently only
|
||||
honored for modules shipped by nixpkgs. User modules and modules taken from
|
||||
|
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ ericsagnes ];
|
||||
doc = ./default.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./default.md;
|
||||
buildDocsInSandbox = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -42,35 +42,16 @@
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>doc</literal> points to a valid DocBook file containing
|
||||
the module documentation. Its contents is automatically added to
|
||||
<literal>doc</literal> points to a valid
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://nixos.org/manual/nixpkgs/unstable/#sec-contributing-markup">Nixpkgs-flavored
|
||||
CommonMark</link> file containing the module documentation. Its
|
||||
contents is automatically added to
|
||||
<xref linkend="ch-configuration" />. Changes to a module
|
||||
documentation have to be checked to not break building the NixOS
|
||||
manual:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ nix-build nixos/release.nix -A manual.x86_64-linux
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This file should <emphasis>not</emphasis> usually be written by
|
||||
hand. Instead it is preferred to write documentation using
|
||||
CommonMark and converting it to CommonMark using pandoc. The
|
||||
simplest documentation can be converted using just
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ pandoc doc.md -t docbook --top-level-division=chapter -f markdown+smart > doc.xml
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
More elaborate documentation may wish to add one or more of the
|
||||
pandoc filters used to build the remainder of the manual, for
|
||||
example the GNOME desktop uses
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ pandoc gnome.md -t docbook --top-level-division=chapter \
|
||||
--extract-media=media -f markdown+smart \
|
||||
--lua-filter ../../../../../doc/build-aux/pandoc-filters/myst-reader/roles.lua \
|
||||
--lua-filter ../../../../../doc/build-aux/pandoc-filters/docbook-writer/rst-roles.lua \
|
||||
> gnome.xml
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
@ -50,21 +50,3 @@ for mf in ${MD_FILES[*]}; do
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
popd
|
||||
|
||||
# now handle module chapters. we'll need extra checks to ensure that we don't process
|
||||
# markdown files we're not interested in, so we'll require an x.nix file for ever x.md
|
||||
# that we'll convert to xml.
|
||||
pushd "$DIR/../../modules"
|
||||
|
||||
mapfile -t MD_FILES < <(find . -type f -regex '.*\.md$')
|
||||
|
||||
for mf in ${MD_FILES[*]}; do
|
||||
[ -f "${mf%.md}.nix" ] || continue
|
||||
|
||||
pandoc --top-level-division=chapter "$mf" "${pandoc_flags[@]}" -o "${mf%.md}.xml"
|
||||
sed -i -e '1 i <!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead\
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->' \
|
||||
"${mf%.md}.xml"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
popd
|
||||
|
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ in
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ ericsagnes ];
|
||||
doc = ./default.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./default.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-input-methods">
|
||||
<title>Input Methods</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Input methods are an operating system component that allows any
|
||||
data, such as keyboard strokes or mouse movements, to be received as
|
||||
input. In this way users can enter characters and symbols not found
|
||||
on their input devices. Using an input method is obligatory for any
|
||||
language that has more graphemes than there are keys on the
|
||||
keyboard.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following input methods are available in NixOS:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
IBus: The intelligent input bus.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Fcitx: A customizable lightweight input method.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Nabi: A Korean input method based on XIM.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Uim: The universal input method, is a library with a XIM bridge.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Hime: An extremely easy-to-use input method framework.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Kime: Korean IME
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-input-methods-ibus">
|
||||
<title>IBus</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
IBus is an Intelligent Input Bus. It provides full featured and
|
||||
user friendly input method user interface.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following snippet can be used to configure IBus:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
i18n.inputMethod = {
|
||||
enabled = "ibus";
|
||||
ibus.engines = with pkgs.ibus-engines; [ anthy hangul mozc ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>i18n.inputMethod.ibus.engines</literal> is optional and
|
||||
can be used to add extra IBus engines.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Available extra IBus engines are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Anthy (<literal>ibus-engines.anthy</literal>): Anthy is a
|
||||
system for Japanese input method. It converts Hiragana text to
|
||||
Kana Kanji mixed text.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Hangul (<literal>ibus-engines.hangul</literal>): Korean input
|
||||
method.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
m17n (<literal>ibus-engines.m17n</literal>): m17n is an input
|
||||
method that uses input methods and corresponding icons in the
|
||||
m17n database.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
mozc (<literal>ibus-engines.mozc</literal>): A Japanese input
|
||||
method from Google.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Table (<literal>ibus-engines.table</literal>): An input method
|
||||
that load tables of input methods.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
table-others (<literal>ibus-engines.table-others</literal>):
|
||||
Various table-based input methods. To use this, and any other
|
||||
table-based input methods, it must appear in the list of
|
||||
engines along with <literal>table</literal>. For example:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
ibus.engines = with pkgs.ibus-engines; [ table table-others ];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To use any input method, the package must be added in the
|
||||
configuration, as shown above, and also (after running
|
||||
<literal>nixos-rebuild</literal>) the input method must be added
|
||||
from IBus’ preference dialog.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-input-methods-troubleshooting">
|
||||
<title>Troubleshooting</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If IBus works in some applications but not others, a likely
|
||||
cause of this is that IBus is depending on a different version
|
||||
of <literal>glib</literal> to what the applications are
|
||||
depending on. This can be checked by running
|
||||
<literal>nix-store -q --requisites <path> | grep glib</literal>,
|
||||
where <literal><path></literal> is the path of either IBus
|
||||
or an application in the Nix store. The <literal>glib</literal>
|
||||
packages must match exactly. If they do not, uninstalling and
|
||||
reinstalling the application is a likely fix.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-input-methods-fcitx">
|
||||
<title>Fcitx</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Fcitx is an input method framework with extension support. It has
|
||||
three built-in Input Method Engine, Pinyin, QuWei and Table-based
|
||||
input methods.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following snippet can be used to configure Fcitx:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
i18n.inputMethod = {
|
||||
enabled = "fcitx";
|
||||
fcitx.engines = with pkgs.fcitx-engines; [ mozc hangul m17n ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>i18n.inputMethod.fcitx.engines</literal> is optional and
|
||||
can be used to add extra Fcitx engines.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Available extra Fcitx engines are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Anthy (<literal>fcitx-engines.anthy</literal>): Anthy is a
|
||||
system for Japanese input method. It converts Hiragana text to
|
||||
Kana Kanji mixed text.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Chewing (<literal>fcitx-engines.chewing</literal>): Chewing is
|
||||
an intelligent Zhuyin input method. It is one of the most
|
||||
popular input methods among Traditional Chinese Unix users.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Hangul (<literal>fcitx-engines.hangul</literal>): Korean input
|
||||
method.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Unikey (<literal>fcitx-engines.unikey</literal>): Vietnamese
|
||||
input method.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
m17n (<literal>fcitx-engines.m17n</literal>): m17n is an input
|
||||
method that uses input methods and corresponding icons in the
|
||||
m17n database.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
mozc (<literal>fcitx-engines.mozc</literal>): A Japanese input
|
||||
method from Google.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
table-others (<literal>fcitx-engines.table-others</literal>):
|
||||
Various table-based input methods.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-input-methods-nabi">
|
||||
<title>Nabi</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Nabi is an easy to use Korean X input method. It allows you to
|
||||
enter phonetic Korean characters (hangul) and pictographic Korean
|
||||
characters (hanja).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following snippet can be used to configure Nabi:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
i18n.inputMethod = {
|
||||
enabled = "nabi";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-input-methods-uim">
|
||||
<title>Uim</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Uim (short for <quote>universal input method</quote>) is a
|
||||
multilingual input method framework. Applications can use it
|
||||
through so-called bridges.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following snippet can be used to configure uim:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
i18n.inputMethod = {
|
||||
enabled = "uim";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note: The <xref linkend="opt-i18n.inputMethod.uim.toolbar" />
|
||||
option can be used to choose uim toolbar.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-input-methods-hime">
|
||||
<title>Hime</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Hime is an extremely easy-to-use input method framework. It is
|
||||
lightweight, stable, powerful and supports many commonly used
|
||||
input methods, including Cangjie, Zhuyin, Dayi, Rank, Shrimp,
|
||||
Greek, Korean Pinyin, Latin Alphabet, etc…
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following snippet can be used to configure Hime:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
i18n.inputMethod = {
|
||||
enabled = "hime";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-input-methods-kime">
|
||||
<title>Kime</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Kime is Korean IME. it’s built with Rust language and let you get
|
||||
simple, safe, fast Korean typing
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following snippet can be used to configure Kime:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
i18n.inputMethod = {
|
||||
enabled = "kime";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ in
|
||||
doc = mkOption {
|
||||
type = docFile;
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
example = "./meta.chapter.xml";
|
||||
example = "./meta.chapter.md";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Documentation prologue for the set of options of each module. This
|
||||
option should be defined at most once per module.
|
||||
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ in
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./default.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./default.md;
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ vidbina ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-programs-digitalbitbox">
|
||||
<title>Digital Bitbox</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Digital Bitbox is a hardware wallet and second-factor authenticator.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <literal>digitalbitbox</literal> programs module may be
|
||||
installed by setting <literal>programs.digitalbitbox</literal> to
|
||||
<literal>true</literal> in a manner similar to
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
programs.digitalbitbox.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
and bundles the <literal>digitalbitbox</literal> package (see
|
||||
<xref linkend="sec-digitalbitbox-package" />), which contains the
|
||||
<literal>dbb-app</literal> and <literal>dbb-cli</literal> binaries,
|
||||
along with the hardware module (see
|
||||
<xref linkend="sec-digitalbitbox-hardware-module" />) which sets up
|
||||
the necessary udev rules to access the device.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Enabling the digitalbitbox module is pretty much the easiest way to
|
||||
get a Digital Bitbox device working on your system.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For more information, see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://digitalbitbox.com/start_linux">https://digitalbitbox.com/start_linux</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-digitalbitbox-package">
|
||||
<title>Package</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The binaries, <literal>dbb-app</literal> (a GUI tool) and
|
||||
<literal>dbb-cli</literal> (a CLI tool), are available through the
|
||||
<literal>digitalbitbox</literal> package which could be installed
|
||||
as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
environment.systemPackages = [
|
||||
pkgs.digitalbitbox
|
||||
];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-digitalbitbox-hardware-module">
|
||||
<title>Hardware</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The digitalbitbox hardware package enables the udev rules for
|
||||
Digital Bitbox devices and may be installed as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
hardware.digitalbitbox.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In order to alter the udev rules, one may provide different values
|
||||
for the <literal>udevRule51</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>udevRule52</literal> attributes by means of overriding as
|
||||
follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
programs.digitalbitbox = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
package = pkgs.digitalbitbox.override {
|
||||
udevRule51 = "something else";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ in
|
||||
{
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = pkgs.plotinus.meta.maintainers;
|
||||
doc = ./plotinus.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./plotinus.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
###### interface
|
||||
|
@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-program-plotinus">
|
||||
<title>Plotinus</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Source:</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>modules/programs/plotinus.nix</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Upstream documentation:</emphasis>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/p-e-w/plotinus">https://github.com/p-e-w/plotinus</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Plotinus is a searchable command palette in every modern GTK
|
||||
application.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When in a GTK 3 application and Plotinus is enabled, you can press
|
||||
<literal>Ctrl+Shift+P</literal> to open the command palette. The
|
||||
command palette provides a searchable list of of all menu items in
|
||||
the application.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To enable Plotinus, add the following to your
|
||||
<filename>configuration.nix</filename>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
programs.plotinus.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -142,5 +142,5 @@ in
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./oh-my-zsh.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./oh-my-zsh.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-programs-zsh-ohmyzsh">
|
||||
<title>Oh my ZSH</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://ohmyz.sh/"><literal>oh-my-zsh</literal></link>
|
||||
is a framework to manage your
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.zsh.org/">ZSH</link> configuration
|
||||
including completion scripts for several CLI tools or custom prompt
|
||||
themes.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-programs-oh-my-zsh-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The module uses the <literal>oh-my-zsh</literal> package with all
|
||||
available features. The initial setup using Nix expressions is
|
||||
fairly similar to the configuration format of
|
||||
<literal>oh-my-zsh</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
programs.zsh.ohMyZsh = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
plugins = [ "git" "python" "man" ];
|
||||
theme = "agnoster";
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For a detailed explanation of these arguments please refer to the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/robbyrussell/oh-my-zsh/wiki"><literal>oh-my-zsh</literal>
|
||||
docs</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The expression generates the needed configuration and writes it
|
||||
into your <literal>/etc/zshrc</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-programs-oh-my-zsh-additions">
|
||||
<title>Custom additions</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Sometimes third-party or custom scripts such as a modified theme
|
||||
may be needed. <literal>oh-my-zsh</literal> provides the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/robbyrussell/oh-my-zsh/wiki/Customization#overriding-internals"><literal>ZSH_CUSTOM</literal></link>
|
||||
environment variable for this which points to a directory with
|
||||
additional scripts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The module can do this as well:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
programs.zsh.ohMyZsh.custom = "~/path/to/custom/scripts";
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-programs-oh-my-zsh-environments">
|
||||
<title>Custom environments</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
There are several extensions for <literal>oh-my-zsh</literal>
|
||||
packaged in <literal>nixpkgs</literal>. One of them is
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/spwhitt/nix-zsh-completions">nix-zsh-completions</link>
|
||||
which bundles completion scripts and a plugin for
|
||||
<literal>oh-my-zsh</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Rather than using a single mutable path for
|
||||
<literal>ZSH_CUSTOM</literal>, it’s also possible to generate this
|
||||
path from a list of Nix packages:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ pkgs, ... }:
|
||||
{
|
||||
programs.zsh.ohMyZsh.customPkgs = [
|
||||
pkgs.nix-zsh-completions
|
||||
# and even more...
|
||||
];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Internally a single store path will be created using
|
||||
<literal>buildEnv</literal>. Please refer to the docs of
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://nixos.org/nixpkgs/manual/#sec-building-environment"><literal>buildEnv</literal></link>
|
||||
for further reference.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Please keep in mind that this is not compatible with
|
||||
<literal>programs.zsh.ohMyZsh.custom</literal> as it requires an
|
||||
immutable store path while <literal>custom</literal> shall remain
|
||||
mutable! An evaluation failure will be thrown if both
|
||||
<literal>custom</literal> and <literal>customPkgs</literal> are
|
||||
set.</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-programs-oh-my-zsh-packaging-customizations">
|
||||
<title>Package your own customizations</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If third-party customizations (e.g. new themes) are supposed to be
|
||||
added to <literal>oh-my-zsh</literal> there are several pitfalls
|
||||
to keep in mind:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To comply with the default structure of <literal>ZSH</literal>
|
||||
the entire output needs to be written to
|
||||
<literal>$out/share/zsh.</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Completion scripts are supposed to be stored at
|
||||
<literal>$out/share/zsh/site-functions</literal>. This
|
||||
directory is part of the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Doc/Release/Functions.html"><literal>fpath</literal></link>
|
||||
and the package should be compatible with pure
|
||||
<literal>ZSH</literal> setups. The module will automatically
|
||||
link the contents of <literal>site-functions</literal> to
|
||||
completions directory in the proper store path.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <literal>plugins</literal> directory needs the structure
|
||||
<literal>pluginname/pluginname.plugin.zsh</literal> as
|
||||
structured in the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/robbyrussell/oh-my-zsh/tree/91b771914bc7c43dd7c7a43b586c5de2c225ceb7/plugins">upstream
|
||||
repo.</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A derivation for <literal>oh-my-zsh</literal> may look like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ stdenv, fetchFromGitHub }:
|
||||
|
||||
stdenv.mkDerivation rec {
|
||||
name = "exemplary-zsh-customization-${version}";
|
||||
version = "1.0.0";
|
||||
src = fetchFromGitHub {
|
||||
# path to the upstream repository
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
dontBuild = true;
|
||||
installPhase = ''
|
||||
mkdir -p $out/share/zsh/site-functions
|
||||
cp {themes,plugins} $out/share/zsh
|
||||
cp completions $out/share/zsh/site-functions
|
||||
'';
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -916,6 +916,6 @@ in {
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = lib.teams.acme.members;
|
||||
doc = ./default.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./default.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-security-acme">
|
||||
<title>SSL/TLS Certificates with ACME</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
NixOS supports automatic domain validation & certificate
|
||||
retrieval and renewal using the ACME protocol. Any provider can be
|
||||
used, but by default NixOS uses Let’s Encrypt. The alternative ACME
|
||||
client
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://go-acme.github.io/lego/">lego</link> is
|
||||
used under the hood.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Automatic cert validation and configuration for Apache and Nginx
|
||||
virtual hosts is included in NixOS, however if you would like to
|
||||
generate a wildcard cert or you are not using a web server you will
|
||||
have to configure DNS based validation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-prerequisites">
|
||||
<title>Prerequisites</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To use the ACME module, you must accept the provider’s terms of
|
||||
service by setting
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-security.acme.acceptTerms" /> to
|
||||
<literal>true</literal>. The Let’s Encrypt ToS can be found
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://letsencrypt.org/repository/">here</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You must also set an email address to be used when creating
|
||||
accounts with Let’s Encrypt. You can set this for all certs with
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-security.acme.defaults.email" /> and/or on a
|
||||
per-cert basis with
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-security.acme.certs._name_.email" />. This
|
||||
address is only used for registration and renewal reminders, and
|
||||
cannot be used to administer the certificates in any way.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Alternatively, you can use a different ACME server by changing the
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-security.acme.defaults.server" /> option to a
|
||||
provider of your choosing, or just change the server for one cert
|
||||
with <xref linkend="opt-security.acme.certs._name_.server" />.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You will need an HTTP server or DNS server for verification. For
|
||||
HTTP, the server must have a webroot defined that can serve
|
||||
<filename>.well-known/acme-challenge</filename>. This directory
|
||||
must be writeable by the user that will run the ACME client. For
|
||||
DNS, you must set up credentials with your provider/server for use
|
||||
with lego.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-nginx">
|
||||
<title>Using ACME certificates in Nginx</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
NixOS supports fetching ACME certificates for you by setting
|
||||
<literal>enableACME = true;</literal> in a virtualHost config. We
|
||||
first create self-signed placeholder certificates in place of the
|
||||
real ACME certs. The placeholder certs are overwritten when the
|
||||
ACME certs arrive. For <literal>foo.example.com</literal> the
|
||||
config would look like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
security.acme.acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
security.acme.defaults.email = "admin+acme@example.com";
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
virtualHosts = {
|
||||
"foo.example.com" = {
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
# All serverAliases will be added as extra domain names on the certificate.
|
||||
serverAliases = [ "bar.example.com" ];
|
||||
locations."/" = {
|
||||
root = "/var/www";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# We can also add a different vhost and reuse the same certificate
|
||||
# but we have to append extraDomainNames manually beforehand:
|
||||
# security.acme.certs."foo.example.com".extraDomainNames = [ "baz.example.com" ];
|
||||
"baz.example.com" = {
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
useACMEHost = "foo.example.com";
|
||||
locations."/" = {
|
||||
root = "/var/www";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-httpd">
|
||||
<title>Using ACME certificates in Apache/httpd</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Using ACME certificates with Apache virtual hosts is identical to
|
||||
using them with Nginx. The attribute names are all the same, just
|
||||
replace <quote>nginx</quote> with <quote>httpd</quote> where
|
||||
appropriate.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-configuring">
|
||||
<title>Manual configuration of HTTP-01 validation</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
First off you will need to set up a virtual host to serve the
|
||||
challenges. This example uses a vhost called
|
||||
<literal>certs.example.com</literal>, with the intent that you
|
||||
will generate certs for all your vhosts and redirect everyone to
|
||||
HTTPS.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
security.acme.acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
security.acme.defaults.email = "admin+acme@example.com";
|
||||
|
||||
# /var/lib/acme/.challenges must be writable by the ACME user
|
||||
# and readable by the Nginx user. The easiest way to achieve
|
||||
# this is to add the Nginx user to the ACME group.
|
||||
users.users.nginx.extraGroups = [ "acme" ];
|
||||
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
virtualHosts = {
|
||||
"acmechallenge.example.com" = {
|
||||
# Catchall vhost, will redirect users to HTTPS for all vhosts
|
||||
serverAliases = [ "*.example.com" ];
|
||||
locations."/.well-known/acme-challenge" = {
|
||||
root = "/var/lib/acme/.challenges";
|
||||
};
|
||||
locations."/" = {
|
||||
return = "301 https://$host$request_uri";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
# Alternative config for Apache
|
||||
users.users.wwwrun.extraGroups = [ "acme" ];
|
||||
services.httpd = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
virtualHosts = {
|
||||
"acmechallenge.example.com" = {
|
||||
# Catchall vhost, will redirect users to HTTPS for all vhosts
|
||||
serverAliases = [ "*.example.com" ];
|
||||
# /var/lib/acme/.challenges must be writable by the ACME user and readable by the Apache user.
|
||||
# By default, this is the case.
|
||||
documentRoot = "/var/lib/acme/.challenges";
|
||||
extraConfig = ''
|
||||
RewriteEngine On
|
||||
RewriteCond %{HTTPS} off
|
||||
RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} !^/\.well-known/acme-challenge [NC]
|
||||
RewriteRule (.*) https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [R=301]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Now you need to configure ACME to generate a certificate.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
security.acme.certs."foo.example.com" = {
|
||||
webroot = "/var/lib/acme/.challenges";
|
||||
email = "foo@example.com";
|
||||
# Ensure that the web server you use can read the generated certs
|
||||
# Take a look at the group option for the web server you choose.
|
||||
group = "nginx";
|
||||
# Since we have a wildcard vhost to handle port 80,
|
||||
# we can generate certs for anything!
|
||||
# Just make sure your DNS resolves them.
|
||||
extraDomainNames = [ "mail.example.com" ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The private key <filename>key.pem</filename> and certificate
|
||||
<filename>fullchain.pem</filename> will be put into
|
||||
<filename>/var/lib/acme/foo.example.com</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Refer to <xref linkend="ch-options" /> for all available
|
||||
configuration options for the
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-security.acme.certs">security.acme</link>
|
||||
module.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-config-dns">
|
||||
<title>Configuring ACME for DNS validation</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This is useful if you want to generate a wildcard certificate,
|
||||
since ACME servers will only hand out wildcard certs over DNS
|
||||
validation. There are a number of supported DNS providers and
|
||||
servers you can utilise, see the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://go-acme.github.io/lego/dns/">lego
|
||||
docs</link> for provider/server specific configuration values. For
|
||||
the sake of these docs, we will provide a fully self-hosted
|
||||
example using bind.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.bind = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
extraConfig = ''
|
||||
include "/var/lib/secrets/dnskeys.conf";
|
||||
'';
|
||||
zones = [
|
||||
rec {
|
||||
name = "example.com";
|
||||
file = "/var/db/bind/${name}";
|
||||
master = true;
|
||||
extraConfig = "allow-update { key rfc2136key.example.com.; };";
|
||||
}
|
||||
];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Now we can configure ACME
|
||||
security.acme.acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
security.acme.defaults.email = "admin+acme@example.com";
|
||||
security.acme.certs."example.com" = {
|
||||
domain = "*.example.com";
|
||||
dnsProvider = "rfc2136";
|
||||
credentialsFile = "/var/lib/secrets/certs.secret";
|
||||
# We don't need to wait for propagation since this is a local DNS server
|
||||
dnsPropagationCheck = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <filename>dnskeys.conf</filename> and
|
||||
<filename>certs.secret</filename> must be kept secure and thus you
|
||||
should not keep their contents in your Nix config. Instead,
|
||||
generate them one time with a systemd service:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
systemd.services.dns-rfc2136-conf = {
|
||||
requiredBy = ["acme-example.com.service" "bind.service"];
|
||||
before = ["acme-example.com.service" "bind.service"];
|
||||
unitConfig = {
|
||||
ConditionPathExists = "!/var/lib/secrets/dnskeys.conf";
|
||||
};
|
||||
serviceConfig = {
|
||||
Type = "oneshot";
|
||||
UMask = 0077;
|
||||
};
|
||||
path = [ pkgs.bind ];
|
||||
script = ''
|
||||
mkdir -p /var/lib/secrets
|
||||
chmod 755 /var/lib/secrets
|
||||
tsig-keygen rfc2136key.example.com > /var/lib/secrets/dnskeys.conf
|
||||
chown named:root /var/lib/secrets/dnskeys.conf
|
||||
chmod 400 /var/lib/secrets/dnskeys.conf
|
||||
|
||||
# extract secret value from the dnskeys.conf
|
||||
while read x y; do if [ "$x" = "secret" ]; then secret="''${y:1:''${#y}-3}"; fi; done < /var/lib/secrets/dnskeys.conf
|
||||
|
||||
cat > /var/lib/secrets/certs.secret << EOF
|
||||
RFC2136_NAMESERVER='127.0.0.1:53'
|
||||
RFC2136_TSIG_ALGORITHM='hmac-sha256.'
|
||||
RFC2136_TSIG_KEY='rfc2136key.example.com'
|
||||
RFC2136_TSIG_SECRET='$secret'
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
chmod 400 /var/lib/secrets/certs.secret
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Now you’re all set to generate certs! You should monitor the first
|
||||
invocation by running
|
||||
<literal>systemctl start acme-example.com.service & journalctl -fu acme-example.com.service</literal>
|
||||
and watching its log output.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-config-dns-with-vhosts">
|
||||
<title>Using DNS validation with web server virtual hosts</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It is possible to use DNS-01 validation with all certificates,
|
||||
including those automatically configured via the Nginx/Apache
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.nginx.virtualHosts._name_.enableACME"><literal>enableACME</literal></link>
|
||||
option. This configuration pattern is fully supported and part of
|
||||
the module’s test suite for Nginx + Apache.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You must follow the guide above on configuring DNS-01 validation
|
||||
first, however instead of setting the options for one certificate
|
||||
(e.g.
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-security.acme.certs._name_.dnsProvider" />) you
|
||||
will set them as defaults (e.g.
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-security.acme.defaults.dnsProvider" />).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# Configure ACME appropriately
|
||||
security.acme.acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
security.acme.defaults.email = "admin+acme@example.com";
|
||||
security.acme.defaults = {
|
||||
dnsProvider = "rfc2136";
|
||||
credentialsFile = "/var/lib/secrets/certs.secret";
|
||||
# We don't need to wait for propagation since this is a local DNS server
|
||||
dnsPropagationCheck = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# For each virtual host you would like to use DNS-01 validation with,
|
||||
# set acmeRoot = null
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
virtualHosts = {
|
||||
"foo.example.com" = {
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
acmeRoot = null;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
And that’s it! Next time your configuration is rebuilt, or when
|
||||
you add a new virtualHost, it will be DNS-01 validated.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-root-owned">
|
||||
<title>Using ACME with services demanding root owned
|
||||
certificates</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Some services refuse to start if the configured certificate files
|
||||
are not owned by root. PostgreSQL and OpenSMTPD are examples of
|
||||
these. There is no way to change the user the ACME module uses (it
|
||||
will always be <literal>acme</literal>), however you can use
|
||||
systemd’s <literal>LoadCredential</literal> feature to resolve
|
||||
this elegantly. Below is an example configuration for OpenSMTPD,
|
||||
but this pattern can be applied to any service.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# Configure ACME however you like (DNS or HTTP validation), adding
|
||||
# the following configuration for the relevant certificate.
|
||||
# Note: You cannot use `systemctl reload` here as that would mean
|
||||
# the LoadCredential configuration below would be skipped and
|
||||
# the service would continue to use old certificates.
|
||||
security.acme.certs."mail.example.com".postRun = ''
|
||||
systemctl restart opensmtpd
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
||||
# Now you must augment OpenSMTPD's systemd service to load
|
||||
# the certificate files.
|
||||
systemd.services.opensmtpd.requires = ["acme-finished-mail.example.com.target"];
|
||||
systemd.services.opensmtpd.serviceConfig.LoadCredential = let
|
||||
certDir = config.security.acme.certs."mail.example.com".directory;
|
||||
in [
|
||||
"cert.pem:${certDir}/cert.pem"
|
||||
"key.pem:${certDir}/key.pem"
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
# Finally, configure OpenSMTPD to use these certs.
|
||||
services.opensmtpd = let
|
||||
credsDir = "/run/credentials/opensmtpd.service";
|
||||
in {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
setSendmail = false;
|
||||
serverConfiguration = ''
|
||||
pki mail.example.com cert "${credsDir}/cert.pem"
|
||||
pki mail.example.com key "${credsDir}/key.pem"
|
||||
listen on localhost tls pki mail.example.com
|
||||
action act1 relay host smtp://127.0.0.1:10027
|
||||
match for local action act1
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-regenerate">
|
||||
<title>Regenerating certificates</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Should you need to regenerate a particular certificate in a hurry,
|
||||
such as when a vulnerability is found in Let’s Encrypt, there is
|
||||
now a convenient mechanism for doing so. Running
|
||||
<literal>systemctl clean --what=state acme-example.com.service</literal>
|
||||
will remove all certificate files and the account data for the
|
||||
given domain, allowing you to then
|
||||
<literal>systemctl start acme-example.com.service</literal> to
|
||||
generate fresh ones.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-security-acme-fix-jws">
|
||||
<title>Fixing JWS Verification error</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It is possible that your account credentials file may become
|
||||
corrupt and need to be regenerated. In this scenario lego will
|
||||
produce the error <literal>JWS verification error</literal>. The
|
||||
solution is to simply delete the associated accounts file and
|
||||
re-run the affected service(s).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# Find the accounts folder for the certificate
|
||||
systemctl cat acme-example.com.service | grep -Po 'accounts/[^:]*'
|
||||
export accountdir="$(!!)"
|
||||
# Move this folder to some place else
|
||||
mv /var/lib/acme/.lego/$accountdir{,.bak}
|
||||
# Recreate the folder using systemd-tmpfiles
|
||||
systemd-tmpfiles --create
|
||||
# Get a new account and reissue certificates
|
||||
# Note: Do this for all certs that share the same account email address
|
||||
systemctl start acme-example.com.service
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ let
|
||||
|
||||
in {
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ dotlambda ];
|
||||
meta.doc = ./borgbackup.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./borgbackup.md;
|
||||
|
||||
###### interface
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-borgbase">
|
||||
<title>BorgBackup</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Source:</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>modules/services/backup/borgbackup.nix</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Upstream documentation:</emphasis>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://borgbackup.readthedocs.io/">https://borgbackup.readthedocs.io/</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.borgbackup.org/">BorgBackup</link>
|
||||
(short: Borg) is a deduplicating backup program. Optionally, it
|
||||
supports compression and authenticated encryption.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The main goal of Borg is to provide an efficient and secure way to
|
||||
backup data. The data deduplication technique used makes Borg
|
||||
suitable for daily backups since only changes are stored. The
|
||||
authenticated encryption technique makes it suitable for backups to
|
||||
not fully trusted targets.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-backup-borgbackup-configuring">
|
||||
<title>Configuring</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A complete list of options for the Borgbase module may be found
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.borgbackup.jobs">here</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="opt-services-backup-borgbackup-local-directory">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage for a local backup</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A very basic configuration for backing up to a locally accessible
|
||||
directory is:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
opt.services.borgbackup.jobs = {
|
||||
{ rootBackup = {
|
||||
paths = "/";
|
||||
exclude = [ "/nix" "/path/to/local/repo" ];
|
||||
repo = "/path/to/local/repo";
|
||||
doInit = true;
|
||||
encryption = {
|
||||
mode = "repokey";
|
||||
passphrase = "secret";
|
||||
};
|
||||
compression = "auto,lzma";
|
||||
startAt = "weekly";
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you do not want the passphrase to be stored in the
|
||||
world-readable Nix store, use passCommand. You find an example
|
||||
below.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="opt-services-backup-create-server">
|
||||
<title>Create a borg backup server</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You should use a different SSH key for each repository you write
|
||||
to, because the specified keys are restricted to running borg
|
||||
serve and can only access this single repository. You need the
|
||||
output of the generate pub file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# sudo ssh-keygen -N '' -t ed25519 -f /run/keys/id_ed25519_my_borg_repo
|
||||
# cat /run/keys/id_ed25519_my_borg_repo
|
||||
ssh-ed25519 AAAAC3NzaC1lZDI1NTE5AAAAID78zmOyA+5uPG4Ot0hfAy+sLDPU1L4AiIoRYEIVbbQ/ root@nixos
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Add the following snippet to your NixOS configuration:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.borgbackup.repos = {
|
||||
my_borg_repo = {
|
||||
authorizedKeys = [
|
||||
"ssh-ed25519 AAAAC3NzaC1lZDI1NTE5AAAAID78zmOyA+5uPG4Ot0hfAy+sLDPU1L4AiIoRYEIVbbQ/ root@nixos"
|
||||
] ;
|
||||
path = "/var/lib/my_borg_repo" ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="opt-services-backup-borgbackup-remote-server">
|
||||
<title>Backup to the borg repository server</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following NixOS snippet creates an hourly backup to the
|
||||
service (on the host nixos) as created in the section above. We
|
||||
assume that you have stored a secret passphrasse in the file
|
||||
<filename>/run/keys/borgbackup_passphrase</filename>, which should
|
||||
be only accessible by root
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.borgbackup.jobs = {
|
||||
backupToLocalServer = {
|
||||
paths = [ "/etc/nixos" ];
|
||||
doInit = true;
|
||||
repo = "borg@nixos:." ;
|
||||
encryption = {
|
||||
mode = "repokey-blake2";
|
||||
passCommand = "cat /run/keys/borgbackup_passphrase";
|
||||
};
|
||||
environment = { BORG_RSH = "ssh -i /run/keys/id_ed25519_my_borg_repo"; };
|
||||
compression = "auto,lzma";
|
||||
startAt = "hourly";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following few commands (run as root) let you test your backup.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
> nixos-rebuild switch
|
||||
...restarting the following units: polkit.service
|
||||
> systemctl restart borgbackup-job-backupToLocalServer
|
||||
> sleep 10
|
||||
> systemctl restart borgbackup-job-backupToLocalServer
|
||||
> export BORG_PASSPHRASE=topSecrect
|
||||
> borg list --rsh='ssh -i /run/keys/id_ed25519_my_borg_repo' borg@nixos:.
|
||||
nixos-backupToLocalServer-2020-03-30T21:46:17 Mon, 2020-03-30 21:46:19 [84feb97710954931ca384182f5f3cb90665f35cef214760abd7350fb064786ac]
|
||||
nixos-backupToLocalServer-2020-03-30T21:46:30 Mon, 2020-03-30 21:46:32 [e77321694ecd160ca2228611747c6ad1be177d6e0d894538898de7a2621b6e68]
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="opt-services-backup-borgbackup-borgbase">
|
||||
<title>Backup to a hosting service</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Several companies offer
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.borgbackup.org/support/commercial.html">(paid)
|
||||
hosting services</link> for Borg repositories.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To backup your home directory to borgbase you have to:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Generate a SSH key without a password, to access the remote
|
||||
server. E.g.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
sudo ssh-keygen -N '' -t ed25519 -f /run/keys/id_ed25519_borgbase
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Create the repository on the server by following the
|
||||
instructions for your hosting server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Initialize the repository on the server. Eg.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
sudo borg init --encryption=repokey-blake2 \
|
||||
-rsh "ssh -i /run/keys/id_ed25519_borgbase" \
|
||||
zzz2aaaaa@zzz2aaaaa.repo.borgbase.com:repo
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Add it to your NixOS configuration, e.g.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.borgbackup.jobs = {
|
||||
my_Remote_Backup = {
|
||||
paths = [ "/" ];
|
||||
exclude = [ "/nix" "'**/.cache'" ];
|
||||
repo = "zzz2aaaaa@zzz2aaaaa.repo.borgbase.com:repo";
|
||||
encryption = {
|
||||
mode = "repokey-blake2";
|
||||
passCommand = "cat /run/keys/borgbackup_passphrase";
|
||||
};
|
||||
environment = { BORG_RSH = "ssh -i /run/keys/id_ed25519_borgbase"; };
|
||||
compression = "auto,lzma";
|
||||
startAt = "daily";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="opt-services-backup-borgbackup-vorta">
|
||||
<title>Vorta backup client for the desktop</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Vorta is a backup client for macOS and Linux desktops. It
|
||||
integrates the mighty BorgBackup with your desktop environment to
|
||||
protect your data from disk failure, ransomware and theft.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It can be installed in NixOS e.g. by adding
|
||||
<literal>pkgs.vorta</literal> to
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-environment.systemPackages" />.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Details about using Vorta can be found under
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://vorta.borgbase.com/usage">https://vorta.borgbase.com</link>
|
||||
.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -424,6 +424,6 @@ in
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./foundationdb.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./foundationdb.md;
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ thoughtpolice ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,425 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-foundationdb">
|
||||
<title>FoundationDB</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Source:</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>modules/services/databases/foundationdb.nix</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Upstream documentation:</emphasis>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://apple.github.io/foundationdb/">https://apple.github.io/foundationdb/</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Maintainer:</emphasis> Austin Seipp
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Available version(s):</emphasis> 5.1.x, 5.2.x, 6.0.x
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
FoundationDB (or <quote>FDB</quote>) is an open source, distributed,
|
||||
transactional key-value store.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-configuring">
|
||||
<title>Configuring and basic setup</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To enable FoundationDB, add the following to your
|
||||
<filename>configuration.nix</filename>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.foundationdb.enable = true;
|
||||
services.foundationdb.package = pkgs.foundationdb52; # FoundationDB 5.2.x
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <option>services.foundationdb.package</option> option is
|
||||
required, and must always be specified. Due to the fact
|
||||
FoundationDB network protocols and on-disk storage formats may
|
||||
change between (major) versions, and upgrades must be explicitly
|
||||
handled by the user, you must always manually specify this
|
||||
yourself so that the NixOS module will use the proper version.
|
||||
Note that minor, bugfix releases are always compatible.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After running <command>nixos-rebuild</command>, you can verify
|
||||
whether FoundationDB is running by executing
|
||||
<command>fdbcli</command> (which is added to
|
||||
<option>environment.systemPackages</option>):
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ sudo -u foundationdb fdbcli
|
||||
Using cluster file `/etc/foundationdb/fdb.cluster'.
|
||||
|
||||
The database is available.
|
||||
|
||||
Welcome to the fdbcli. For help, type `help'.
|
||||
fdb> status
|
||||
|
||||
Using cluster file `/etc/foundationdb/fdb.cluster'.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration:
|
||||
Redundancy mode - single
|
||||
Storage engine - memory
|
||||
Coordinators - 1
|
||||
|
||||
Cluster:
|
||||
FoundationDB processes - 1
|
||||
Machines - 1
|
||||
Memory availability - 5.4 GB per process on machine with least available
|
||||
Fault Tolerance - 0 machines
|
||||
Server time - 04/20/18 15:21:14
|
||||
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
fdb>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can also write programs using the available client libraries.
|
||||
For example, the following Python program can be run in order to
|
||||
grab the cluster status, as a quick example. (This example uses
|
||||
<command>nix-shell</command> shebang support to automatically
|
||||
supply the necessary Python modules).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
a@link> cat fdb-status.py
|
||||
#! /usr/bin/env nix-shell
|
||||
#! nix-shell -i python -p python pythonPackages.foundationdb52
|
||||
|
||||
import fdb
|
||||
import json
|
||||
|
||||
def main():
|
||||
fdb.api_version(520)
|
||||
db = fdb.open()
|
||||
|
||||
@fdb.transactional
|
||||
def get_status(tr):
|
||||
return str(tr['\xff\xff/status/json'])
|
||||
|
||||
obj = json.loads(get_status(db))
|
||||
print('FoundationDB available: %s' % obj['client']['database_status']['available'])
|
||||
|
||||
if __name__ == "__main__":
|
||||
main()
|
||||
a@link> chmod +x fdb-status.py
|
||||
a@link> ./fdb-status.py
|
||||
FoundationDB available: True
|
||||
a@link>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
FoundationDB is run under the <command>foundationdb</command> user
|
||||
and group by default, but this may be changed in the NixOS
|
||||
configuration. The systemd unit
|
||||
<command>foundationdb.service</command> controls the
|
||||
<command>fdbmonitor</command> process.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, the NixOS module for FoundationDB creates a single
|
||||
SSD-storage based database for development and basic usage. This
|
||||
storage engine is designed for SSDs and will perform poorly on
|
||||
HDDs; however it can handle far more data than the alternative
|
||||
<quote>memory</quote> engine and is a better default choice for
|
||||
most deployments. (Note that you can change the storage backend
|
||||
on-the-fly for a given FoundationDB cluster using
|
||||
<command>fdbcli</command>.)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Furthermore, only 1 server process and 1 backup agent are started
|
||||
in the default configuration. See below for more on scaling to
|
||||
increase this.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
FoundationDB stores all data for all server processes under
|
||||
<filename>/var/lib/foundationdb</filename>. You can override this
|
||||
using <option>services.foundationdb.dataDir</option>, e.g.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.foundationdb.dataDir = "/data/fdb";
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Similarly, logs are stored under
|
||||
<filename>/var/log/foundationdb</filename> by default, and there
|
||||
is a corresponding <option>services.foundationdb.logDir</option>
|
||||
as well.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-scaling">
|
||||
<title>Scaling processes and backup agents</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Scaling the number of server processes is quite easy; simply
|
||||
specify <option>services.foundationdb.serverProcesses</option> to
|
||||
be the number of FoundationDB worker processes that should be
|
||||
started on the machine.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
FoundationDB worker processes typically require 4GB of RAM
|
||||
per-process at minimum for good performance, so this option is set
|
||||
to 1 by default since the maximum amount of RAM is unknown. You’re
|
||||
advised to abide by this restriction, so pick a number of
|
||||
processes so that each has 4GB or more.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A similar option exists in order to scale backup agent processes,
|
||||
<option>services.foundationdb.backupProcesses</option>. Backup
|
||||
agents are not as performance/RAM sensitive, so feel free to
|
||||
experiment with the number of available backup processes.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-clustering">
|
||||
<title>Clustering</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
FoundationDB on NixOS works similarly to other Linux systems, so
|
||||
this section will be brief. Please refer to the full FoundationDB
|
||||
documentation for more on clustering.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
FoundationDB organizes clusters using a set of
|
||||
<emphasis>coordinators</emphasis>, which are just
|
||||
specially-designated worker processes. By default, every
|
||||
installation of FoundationDB on NixOS will start as its own
|
||||
individual cluster, with a single coordinator: the first worker
|
||||
process on <command>localhost</command>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Coordinators are specified globally using the
|
||||
<command>/etc/foundationdb/fdb.cluster</command> file, which all
|
||||
servers and client applications will use to find and join
|
||||
coordinators. Note that this file <emphasis>can not</emphasis> be
|
||||
managed by NixOS so easily: FoundationDB is designed so that it
|
||||
will rewrite the file at runtime for all clients and nodes when
|
||||
cluster coordinators change, with clients transparently handling
|
||||
this without intervention. It is fundamentally a mutable file, and
|
||||
you should not try to manage it in any way in NixOS.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When dealing with a cluster, there are two main things you want to
|
||||
do:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Add a node to the cluster for storage/compute.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Promote an ordinary worker to a coordinator.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A node must already be a member of the cluster in order to
|
||||
properly be promoted to a coordinator, so you must always add it
|
||||
first if you wish to promote it.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To add a machine to a FoundationDB cluster:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Choose one of the servers to start as the initial coordinator.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Copy the <command>/etc/foundationdb/fdb.cluster</command> file
|
||||
from this server to all the other servers. Restart
|
||||
FoundationDB on all of these other servers, so they join the
|
||||
cluster.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
All of these servers are now connected and working together in
|
||||
the cluster, under the chosen coordinator.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
At this point, you can add as many nodes as you want by just
|
||||
repeating the above steps. By default there will still be a single
|
||||
coordinator: you can use <command>fdbcli</command> to change this
|
||||
and add new coordinators.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
As a convenience, FoundationDB can automatically assign
|
||||
coordinators based on the redundancy mode you wish to achieve for
|
||||
the cluster. Once all the nodes have been joined, simply set the
|
||||
replication policy, and then issue the
|
||||
<command>coordinators auto</command> command
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For example, assuming we have 3 nodes available, we can enable
|
||||
double redundancy mode, then auto-select coordinators. For double
|
||||
redundancy, 3 coordinators is ideal: therefore FoundationDB will
|
||||
make <emphasis>every</emphasis> node a coordinator automatically:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
fdbcli> configure double ssd
|
||||
fdbcli> coordinators auto
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This will transparently update all the servers within seconds, and
|
||||
appropriately rewrite the <command>fdb.cluster</command> file, as
|
||||
well as informing all client processes to do the same.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-connectivity">
|
||||
<title>Client connectivity</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, all clients must use the current
|
||||
<command>fdb.cluster</command> file to access a given FoundationDB
|
||||
cluster. This file is located by default in
|
||||
<command>/etc/foundationdb/fdb.cluster</command> on all machines
|
||||
with the FoundationDB service enabled, so you may copy the active
|
||||
one from your cluster to a new node in order to connect, if it is
|
||||
not part of the cluster.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-authorization">
|
||||
<title>Client authorization and TLS</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, any user who can connect to a FoundationDB process
|
||||
with the correct cluster configuration can access anything.
|
||||
FoundationDB uses a pluggable design to transport security, and
|
||||
out of the box it supports a LibreSSL-based plugin for TLS
|
||||
support. This plugin not only does in-flight encryption, but also
|
||||
performs client authorization based on the given endpoint’s
|
||||
certificate chain. For example, a FoundationDB server may be
|
||||
configured to only accept client connections over TLS, where the
|
||||
client TLS certificate is from organization <emphasis>Acme
|
||||
Co</emphasis> in the <emphasis>Research and Development</emphasis>
|
||||
unit.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Configuring TLS with FoundationDB is done using the
|
||||
<option>services.foundationdb.tls</option> options in order to
|
||||
control the peer verification string, as well as the certificate
|
||||
and its private key.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that the certificate and its private key must be accessible
|
||||
to the FoundationDB user account that the server runs under. These
|
||||
files are also NOT managed by NixOS, as putting them into the
|
||||
store may reveal private information.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After you have a key and certificate file in place, it is not
|
||||
enough to simply set the NixOS module options – you must also
|
||||
configure the <command>fdb.cluster</command> file to specify that
|
||||
a given set of coordinators use TLS. This is as simple as adding
|
||||
the suffix <command>:tls</command> to your cluster coordinator
|
||||
configuration, after the port number. For example, assuming you
|
||||
have a coordinator on localhost with the default configuration,
|
||||
simply specifying:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
XXXXXX:XXXXXX@127.0.0.1:4500:tls
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
will configure all clients and server processes to use TLS from
|
||||
now on.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-disaster-recovery">
|
||||
<title>Backups and Disaster Recovery</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The usual rules for doing FoundationDB backups apply on NixOS as
|
||||
written in the FoundationDB manual. However, one important
|
||||
difference is the security profile for NixOS: by default, the
|
||||
<command>foundationdb</command> systemd unit uses <emphasis>Linux
|
||||
namespaces</emphasis> to restrict write access to the system,
|
||||
except for the log directory, data directory, and the
|
||||
<command>/etc/foundationdb/</command> directory. This is enforced
|
||||
by default and cannot be disabled.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
However, a side effect of this is that the
|
||||
<command>fdbbackup</command> command doesn’t work properly for
|
||||
local filesystem backups: FoundationDB uses a server process
|
||||
alongside the database processes to perform backups and copy the
|
||||
backups to the filesystem. As a result, this process is put under
|
||||
the restricted namespaces above: the backup process can only write
|
||||
to a limited number of paths.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In order to allow flexible backup locations on local disks, the
|
||||
FoundationDB NixOS module supports a
|
||||
<option>services.foundationdb.extraReadWritePaths</option> option.
|
||||
This option takes a list of paths, and adds them to the systemd
|
||||
unit, allowing the processes inside the service to write (and
|
||||
read) the specified directories.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For example, to create backups in
|
||||
<command>/opt/fdb-backups</command>, first set up the paths in the
|
||||
module options:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.foundationdb.extraReadWritePaths = [ "/opt/fdb-backups" ];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Restart the FoundationDB service, and it will now be able to write
|
||||
to this directory (even if it does not yet exist.) Note: this path
|
||||
<emphasis>must</emphasis> exist before restarting the unit.
|
||||
Otherwise, systemd will not include it in the private FoundationDB
|
||||
namespace (and it will not add it dynamically at runtime).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can now perform a backup:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ sudo -u foundationdb fdbbackup start -t default -d file:///opt/fdb-backups
|
||||
$ sudo -u foundationdb fdbbackup status -t default
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-limitations">
|
||||
<title>Known limitations</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The FoundationDB setup for NixOS should currently be considered
|
||||
beta. FoundationDB is not new software, but the NixOS compilation
|
||||
and integration has only undergone fairly basic testing of all the
|
||||
available functionality.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
There is no way to specify individual parameters for
|
||||
individual <command>fdbserver</command> processes. Currently,
|
||||
all server processes inherit all the global
|
||||
<command>fdbmonitor</command> settings.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Ruby bindings are not currently installed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Go bindings are not currently installed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-options">
|
||||
<title>Options</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
NixOS’s FoundationDB module allows you to configure all of the
|
||||
most relevant configuration options for
|
||||
<command>fdbmonitor</command>, matching it quite closely. A
|
||||
complete list of options for the FoundationDB module may be found
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.foundationdb.enable">here</link>. You
|
||||
should also read the FoundationDB documentation as well.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-foundationdb-full-docs">
|
||||
<title>Full documentation</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
FoundationDB is a complex piece of software, and requires careful
|
||||
administration to properly use. Full documentation for
|
||||
administration can be found here:
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://apple.github.io/foundationdb/">https://apple.github.io/foundationdb/</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -585,6 +585,6 @@ in
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./postgresql.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./postgresql.md;
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ thoughtpolice danbst ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-postgresql">
|
||||
<title>PostgreSQL</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Source:</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>modules/services/databases/postgresql.nix</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Upstream documentation:</emphasis>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/">http://www.postgresql.org/docs/</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
PostgreSQL is an advanced, free relational database.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-postgres-configuring">
|
||||
<title>Configuring</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To enable PostgreSQL, add the following to your
|
||||
<filename>configuration.nix</filename>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.postgresql.enable = true;
|
||||
services.postgresql.package = pkgs.postgresql_11;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that you are required to specify the desired version of
|
||||
PostgreSQL (e.g. <literal>pkgs.postgresql_11</literal>). Since
|
||||
upgrading your PostgreSQL version requires a database dump and
|
||||
reload (see below), NixOS cannot provide a default value for
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.postgresql.package" /> such as the
|
||||
most recent release of PostgreSQL.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, PostgreSQL stores its databases in
|
||||
<filename>/var/lib/postgresql/$psqlSchema</filename>. You can
|
||||
override this using
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.postgresql.dataDir" />, e.g.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.postgresql.dataDir = "/data/postgresql";
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-postgres-upgrading">
|
||||
<title>Upgrading</title>
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The steps below demonstrate how to upgrade from an older version
|
||||
to <literal>pkgs.postgresql_13</literal>. These instructions are
|
||||
also applicable to other versions.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Major PostgreSQL upgrades require a downtime and a few imperative
|
||||
steps to be called. This is the case because each major version
|
||||
has some internal changes in the databases’ state during major
|
||||
releases. Because of that, NixOS places the state into
|
||||
<filename>/var/lib/postgresql/<version></filename> where
|
||||
each <literal>version</literal> can be obtained like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ nix-instantiate --eval -A postgresql_13.psqlSchema
|
||||
"13"
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For an upgrade, a script like this can be used to simplify the
|
||||
process:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ config, pkgs, ... }:
|
||||
{
|
||||
environment.systemPackages = [
|
||||
(let
|
||||
# XXX specify the postgresql package you'd like to upgrade to.
|
||||
# Do not forget to list the extensions you need.
|
||||
newPostgres = pkgs.postgresql_13.withPackages (pp: [
|
||||
# pp.plv8
|
||||
]);
|
||||
in pkgs.writeScriptBin "upgrade-pg-cluster" ''
|
||||
set -eux
|
||||
# XXX it's perhaps advisable to stop all services that depend on postgresql
|
||||
systemctl stop postgresql
|
||||
|
||||
export NEWDATA="/var/lib/postgresql/${newPostgres.psqlSchema}"
|
||||
|
||||
export NEWBIN="${newPostgres}/bin"
|
||||
|
||||
export OLDDATA="${config.services.postgresql.dataDir}"
|
||||
export OLDBIN="${config.services.postgresql.package}/bin"
|
||||
|
||||
install -d -m 0700 -o postgres -g postgres "$NEWDATA"
|
||||
cd "$NEWDATA"
|
||||
sudo -u postgres $NEWBIN/initdb -D "$NEWDATA"
|
||||
|
||||
sudo -u postgres $NEWBIN/pg_upgrade \
|
||||
--old-datadir "$OLDDATA" --new-datadir "$NEWDATA" \
|
||||
--old-bindir $OLDBIN --new-bindir $NEWBIN \
|
||||
"$@"
|
||||
'')
|
||||
];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The upgrade process is:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Rebuild nixos configuration with the configuration above added
|
||||
to your <filename>configuration.nix</filename>. Alternatively,
|
||||
add that into separate file and reference it in
|
||||
<literal>imports</literal> list.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Login as root (<literal>sudo su -</literal>)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Run <literal>upgrade-pg-cluster</literal>. It will stop old
|
||||
postgresql, initialize a new one and migrate the old one to
|
||||
the new one. You may supply arguments like
|
||||
<literal>--jobs 4</literal> and <literal>--link</literal> to
|
||||
speedup migration process. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgupgrade.html">https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgupgrade.html</link>
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Change postgresql package in NixOS configuration to the one
|
||||
you were upgrading to via
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.postgresql.package" />. Rebuild
|
||||
NixOS. This should start new postgres using upgraded data
|
||||
directory and all services you stopped during the upgrade.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After the upgrade it’s advisable to analyze the new cluster.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For PostgreSQL ≥ 14, use the <literal>vacuumdb</literal>
|
||||
command printed by the upgrades script.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For PostgreSQL < 14, run (as
|
||||
<literal>su -l postgres</literal> in the
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.postgresql.dataDir" />, in
|
||||
this example <filename>/var/lib/postgresql/13</filename>):
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ ./analyze_new_cluster.sh
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The next step removes the old state-directory!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ ./delete_old_cluster.sh
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-postgres-options">
|
||||
<title>Options</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A complete list of options for the PostgreSQL module may be found
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.postgresql.enable">here</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-postgres-plugins">
|
||||
<title>Plugins</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Plugins collection for each PostgreSQL version can be accessed
|
||||
with <literal>.pkgs</literal>. For example, for
|
||||
<literal>pkgs.postgresql_11</literal> package, its plugin
|
||||
collection is accessed by
|
||||
<literal>pkgs.postgresql_11.pkgs</literal>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ nix repl '<nixpkgs>'
|
||||
|
||||
Loading '<nixpkgs>'...
|
||||
Added 10574 variables.
|
||||
|
||||
nix-repl> postgresql_11.pkgs.<TAB><TAB>
|
||||
postgresql_11.pkgs.cstore_fdw postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_repack
|
||||
postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_auto_failover postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_safeupdate
|
||||
postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_bigm postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_similarity
|
||||
postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_cron postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_topn
|
||||
postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_hll postgresql_11.pkgs.pgjwt
|
||||
postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_partman postgresql_11.pkgs.pgroonga
|
||||
...
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To add plugins via NixOS configuration, set
|
||||
<literal>services.postgresql.extraPlugins</literal>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.postgresql.package = pkgs.postgresql_11;
|
||||
services.postgresql.extraPlugins = with pkgs.postgresql_11.pkgs; [
|
||||
pg_repack
|
||||
postgis
|
||||
];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can build custom PostgreSQL-with-plugins (to be used outside
|
||||
of NixOS) using function <literal>.withPackages</literal>. For
|
||||
example, creating a custom PostgreSQL package in an overlay can
|
||||
look like:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
self: super: {
|
||||
postgresql_custom = self.postgresql_11.withPackages (ps: [
|
||||
ps.pg_repack
|
||||
ps.postgis
|
||||
]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Here’s a recipe on how to override a particular plugin through an
|
||||
overlay:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
self: super: {
|
||||
postgresql_11 = super.postgresql_11.override { this = self.postgresql_11; } // {
|
||||
pkgs = super.postgresql_11.pkgs // {
|
||||
pg_repack = super.postgresql_11.pkgs.pg_repack.overrideAttrs (_: {
|
||||
name = "pg_repack-v20181024";
|
||||
src = self.fetchzip {
|
||||
url = "https://github.com/reorg/pg_repack/archive/923fa2f3c709a506e111cc963034bf2fd127aa00.tar.gz";
|
||||
sha256 = "17k6hq9xaax87yz79j773qyigm4fwk8z4zh5cyp6z0sxnwfqxxw5";
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ let
|
||||
cfg = config.services.flatpak;
|
||||
in {
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./flatpak.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./flatpak.md;
|
||||
maintainers = pkgs.flatpak.meta.maintainers;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-flatpak">
|
||||
<title>Flatpak</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Source:</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>modules/services/desktop/flatpak.nix</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Upstream documentation:</emphasis>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/flatpak/flatpak/wiki">https://github.com/flatpak/flatpak/wiki</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Flatpak is a system for building, distributing, and running
|
||||
sandboxed desktop applications on Linux.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To enable Flatpak, add the following to your
|
||||
<filename>configuration.nix</filename>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.flatpak.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For the sandboxed apps to work correctly, desktop integration
|
||||
portals need to be installed. If you run GNOME, this will be handled
|
||||
automatically for you; in other cases, you will need to add
|
||||
something like the following to your
|
||||
<filename>configuration.nix</filename>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
xdg.portal.extraPortals = [ pkgs.xdg-desktop-portal-gtk ];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Then, you will need to add a repository, for example,
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/flatpak/flatpak/wiki">Flathub</link>,
|
||||
either using the following commands:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ flatpak remote-add --if-not-exists flathub https://flathub.org/repo/flathub.flatpakrepo
|
||||
$ flatpak update
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
or by opening the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://flathub.org/repo/flathub.flatpakrepo">repository
|
||||
file</link> in GNOME Software.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Finally, you can search and install programs:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ flatpak search bustle
|
||||
$ flatpak install flathub org.freedesktop.Bustle
|
||||
$ flatpak run org.freedesktop.Bustle
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Again, GNOME Software offers graphical interface for these tasks.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ let
|
||||
in {
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = pkgs.blackfire.meta.maintainers;
|
||||
doc = ./blackfire.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./blackfire.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
|
@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-blackfire">
|
||||
<title>Blackfire profiler</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Source:</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>modules/services/development/blackfire.nix</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Upstream documentation:</emphasis>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://blackfire.io/docs/introduction">https://blackfire.io/docs/introduction</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://blackfire.io">Blackfire</link> is a
|
||||
proprietary tool for profiling applications. There are several
|
||||
languages supported by the product but currently only PHP support is
|
||||
packaged in Nixpkgs. The back-end consists of a module that is
|
||||
loaded into the language runtime (called <emphasis>probe</emphasis>)
|
||||
and a service (<emphasis>agent</emphasis>) that the probe connects
|
||||
to and that sends the profiles to the server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To use it, you will need to enable the agent and the probe on your
|
||||
server. The exact method will depend on the way you use PHP but here
|
||||
is an example of NixOS configuration for PHP-FPM:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
let
|
||||
php = pkgs.php.withExtensions ({ enabled, all }: enabled ++ (with all; [
|
||||
blackfire
|
||||
]));
|
||||
in {
|
||||
# Enable the probe extension for PHP-FPM.
|
||||
services.phpfpm = {
|
||||
phpPackage = php;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# Enable and configure the agent.
|
||||
services.blackfire-agent = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
# You will need to get credentials at https://blackfire.io/my/settings/credentials
|
||||
# You can also use other options described in https://blackfire.io/docs/up-and-running/configuration/agent
|
||||
server-id = "XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX";
|
||||
server-token = "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# Make the agent run on start-up.
|
||||
# (WantedBy= from the upstream unit not respected: https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/81138)
|
||||
# Alternately, you can start it manually with `systemctl start blackfire-agent`.
|
||||
systemd.services.blackfire-agent.wantedBy = [ "phpfpm-foo.service" ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
On your developer machine, you will also want to install
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://blackfire.io/docs/up-and-running/installation#install-a-profiling-client">the
|
||||
client</link> (see <literal>blackfire</literal> package) or the
|
||||
browser extension to actually trigger the profiling.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -99,5 +99,5 @@ in
|
||||
environment.variables.EDITOR = mkIf cfg.defaultEditor (mkOverride 900 "${editorScript}/bin/emacseditor");
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./emacs.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./emacs.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,490 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-emacs">
|
||||
<title>Emacs</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/">Emacs</link>
|
||||
is an extensible, customizable, self-documenting real-time display
|
||||
editor — and more. At its core is an interpreter for Emacs Lisp, a
|
||||
dialect of the Lisp programming language with extensions to support
|
||||
text editing.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Emacs runs within a graphical desktop environment using the X Window
|
||||
System, but works equally well on a text terminal. Under macOS, a
|
||||
<quote>Mac port</quote> edition is available, which uses Apple’s
|
||||
native GUI frameworks.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Nixpkgs provides a superior environment for running Emacs. It’s
|
||||
simple to create custom builds by overriding the default packages.
|
||||
Chaotic collections of Emacs Lisp code and extensions can be brought
|
||||
under control using declarative package management. NixOS even
|
||||
provides a <command>systemd</command> user service for automatically
|
||||
starting the Emacs daemon.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-installing">
|
||||
<title>Installing Emacs</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Emacs can be installed in the normal way for Nix (see
|
||||
<xref linkend="sec-package-management" />). In addition, a NixOS
|
||||
<emphasis>service</emphasis> can be enabled.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-releases">
|
||||
<title>The Different Releases of Emacs</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Nixpkgs defines several basic Emacs packages. The following are
|
||||
attributes belonging to the <varname>pkgs</varname> set:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<varname>emacs</varname>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The latest stable version of Emacs using the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="http://www.gtk.org">GTK 2</link> widget
|
||||
toolkit.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<varname>emacs-nox</varname>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Emacs built without any dependency on X11 libraries.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<varname>emacsMacport</varname>
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Emacs with the <quote>Mac port</quote> patches, providing
|
||||
a more native look and feel under macOS.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If those aren’t suitable, then the following imitation Emacs
|
||||
editors are also available in Nixpkgs:
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/zile/">Zile</link>,
|
||||
<link xlink:href="http://homepage.boetes.org/software/mg/">mg</link>,
|
||||
<link xlink:href="http://yi-editor.github.io/">Yi</link>,
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://joe-editor.sourceforge.io/">jmacs</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-adding-packages">
|
||||
<title>Adding Packages to Emacs</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Emacs includes an entire ecosystem of functionality beyond text
|
||||
editing, including a project planner, mail and news reader,
|
||||
debugger interface, calendar, and more.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Most extensions are gotten with the Emacs packaging system
|
||||
(<filename>package.el</filename>) from
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://elpa.gnu.org/">Emacs Lisp Package
|
||||
Archive (ELPA)</link>,
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://melpa.org/">MELPA</link>,
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://stable.melpa.org/">MELPA
|
||||
Stable</link>, and
|
||||
<link xlink:href="http://orgmode.org/elpa.html">Org ELPA</link>.
|
||||
Nixpkgs is regularly updated to mirror all these archives.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Under NixOS, you can continue to use
|
||||
<literal>package-list-packages</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>package-install</literal> to install packages. You can
|
||||
also declare the set of Emacs packages you need using the
|
||||
derivations from Nixpkgs. The rest of this section discusses
|
||||
declarative installation of Emacs packages through nixpkgs.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The first step to declare the list of packages you want in your
|
||||
Emacs installation is to create a dedicated derivation. This can
|
||||
be done in a dedicated <filename>emacs.nix</filename> file such
|
||||
as:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="ex-emacsNix" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This is a nix expression to build Emacs and some Emacs packages I like
|
||||
from source on any distribution where Nix is installed. This will install
|
||||
all the dependencies from the nixpkgs repository and build the binary files
|
||||
without interfering with the host distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
To build the project, type the following from the current directory:
|
||||
|
||||
$ nix-build emacs.nix
|
||||
|
||||
To run the newly compiled executable:
|
||||
|
||||
$ ./result/bin/emacs
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# The first non-comment line in this file indicates that
|
||||
# the whole file represents a function.
|
||||
{ pkgs ? import <nixpkgs> {} }:
|
||||
|
||||
let
|
||||
# The let expression below defines a myEmacs binding pointing to the
|
||||
# current stable version of Emacs. This binding is here to separate
|
||||
# the choice of the Emacs binary from the specification of the
|
||||
# required packages.
|
||||
myEmacs = pkgs.emacs;
|
||||
# This generates an emacsWithPackages function. It takes a single
|
||||
# argument: a function from a package set to a list of packages
|
||||
# (the packages that will be available in Emacs).
|
||||
emacsWithPackages = (pkgs.emacsPackagesFor myEmacs).emacsWithPackages;
|
||||
in
|
||||
# The rest of the file specifies the list of packages to install. In the
|
||||
# example, two packages (magit and zerodark-theme) are taken from
|
||||
# MELPA stable.
|
||||
emacsWithPackages (epkgs: (with epkgs.melpaStablePackages; [
|
||||
magit # ; Integrate git <C-x g>
|
||||
zerodark-theme # ; Nicolas' theme
|
||||
])
|
||||
# Two packages (undo-tree and zoom-frm) are taken from MELPA.
|
||||
++ (with epkgs.melpaPackages; [
|
||||
undo-tree # ; <C-x u> to show the undo tree
|
||||
zoom-frm # ; increase/decrease font size for all buffers %lt;C-x C-+>
|
||||
])
|
||||
# Three packages are taken from GNU ELPA.
|
||||
++ (with epkgs.elpaPackages; [
|
||||
auctex # ; LaTeX mode
|
||||
beacon # ; highlight my cursor when scrolling
|
||||
nameless # ; hide current package name everywhere in elisp code
|
||||
])
|
||||
# notmuch is taken from a nixpkgs derivation which contains an Emacs mode.
|
||||
++ [
|
||||
pkgs.notmuch # From main packages set
|
||||
])
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The result of this configuration will be an
|
||||
<command>emacs</command> command which launches Emacs with all
|
||||
of your chosen packages in the <varname>load-path</varname>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can check that it works by executing this in a terminal:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ nix-build emacs.nix
|
||||
$ ./result/bin/emacs -q
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
and then typing <literal>M-x package-initialize</literal>. Check
|
||||
that you can use all the packages you want in this Emacs
|
||||
instance. For example, try switching to the zerodark theme
|
||||
through
|
||||
<literal>M-x load-theme <RET> zerodark <RET> y</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<tip>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A few popular extensions worth checking out are: auctex,
|
||||
company, edit-server, flycheck, helm, iedit, magit,
|
||||
multiple-cursors, projectile, and yasnippet.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</tip>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The list of available packages in the various ELPA repositories
|
||||
can be seen with the following commands:
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="module-services-emacs-querying-packages" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
nix-env -f "<nixpkgs>" -qaP -A emacs.pkgs.elpaPackages
|
||||
nix-env -f "<nixpkgs>" -qaP -A emacs.pkgs.melpaPackages
|
||||
nix-env -f "<nixpkgs>" -qaP -A emacs.pkgs.melpaStablePackages
|
||||
nix-env -f "<nixpkgs>" -qaP -A emacs.pkgs.orgPackages
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you are on NixOS, you can install this particular Emacs for
|
||||
all users by adding it to the list of system packages (see
|
||||
<xref linkend="sec-declarative-package-mgmt" />). Simply modify
|
||||
your file <filename>configuration.nix</filename> to make it
|
||||
contain:
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="module-services-emacs-configuration-nix" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
environment.systemPackages = [
|
||||
# [...]
|
||||
(import /path/to/emacs.nix { inherit pkgs; })
|
||||
];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In this case, the next <command>nixos-rebuild switch</command>
|
||||
will take care of adding your <command>emacs</command> to the
|
||||
<varname>PATH</varname> environment variable (see
|
||||
<xref linkend="sec-changing-config" />).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you are not on NixOS or want to install this particular Emacs
|
||||
only for yourself, you can do so by adding it to your
|
||||
<filename>~/.config/nixpkgs/config.nix</filename> (see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://nixos.org/nixpkgs/manual/#sec-modify-via-packageOverrides">Nixpkgs
|
||||
manual</link>):
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="module-services-emacs-config-nix" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
packageOverrides = super: let self = super.pkgs; in {
|
||||
myemacs = import /path/to/emacs.nix { pkgs = self; };
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In this case, the next
|
||||
<literal>nix-env -f '<nixpkgs>' -iA myemacs</literal> will
|
||||
take care of adding your emacs to the <varname>PATH</varname>
|
||||
environment variable.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-advanced">
|
||||
<title>Advanced Emacs Configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you want, you can tweak the Emacs package itself from your
|
||||
<filename>emacs.nix</filename>. For example, if you want to have
|
||||
a GTK 3-based Emacs instead of the default GTK 2-based binary
|
||||
and remove the automatically generated
|
||||
<filename>emacs.desktop</filename> (useful if you only use
|
||||
<command>emacsclient</command>), you can change your file
|
||||
<filename>emacs.nix</filename> in this way:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="ex-emacsGtk3Nix" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ pkgs ? import <nixpkgs> {} }:
|
||||
let
|
||||
myEmacs = (pkgs.emacs.override {
|
||||
# Use gtk3 instead of the default gtk2
|
||||
withGTK3 = true;
|
||||
withGTK2 = false;
|
||||
}).overrideAttrs (attrs: {
|
||||
# I don't want emacs.desktop file because I only use
|
||||
# emacsclient.
|
||||
postInstall = (attrs.postInstall or "") + ''
|
||||
rm $out/share/applications/emacs.desktop
|
||||
'';
|
||||
});
|
||||
in [...]
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After building this file as shown in
|
||||
<link linkend="ex-emacsNix">the example above</link>, you will
|
||||
get an GTK 3-based Emacs binary pre-loaded with your favorite
|
||||
packages.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-running">
|
||||
<title>Running Emacs as a Service</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
NixOS provides an optional <command>systemd</command> service
|
||||
which launches
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Emacs-Server.html">Emacs
|
||||
daemon</link> with the user’s login session.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Source:</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>modules/services/editors/emacs.nix</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-enabling">
|
||||
<title>Enabling the Service</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To install and enable the <command>systemd</command> user
|
||||
service for Emacs daemon, add the following to your
|
||||
<filename>configuration.nix</filename>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.emacs.enable = true;
|
||||
services.emacs.package = import /home/cassou/.emacs.d { pkgs = pkgs; };
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <varname>services.emacs.package</varname> option allows a
|
||||
custom derivation to be used, for example, one created by
|
||||
<literal>emacsWithPackages</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Ensure that the Emacs server is enabled for your user’s Emacs
|
||||
configuration, either by customizing the
|
||||
<varname>server-mode</varname> variable, or by adding
|
||||
<literal>(server-start)</literal> to
|
||||
<filename>~/.emacs.d/init.el</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To start the daemon, execute the following:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ nixos-rebuild switch # to activate the new configuration.nix
|
||||
$ systemctl --user daemon-reload # to force systemd reload
|
||||
$ systemctl --user start emacs.service # to start the Emacs daemon
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The server should now be ready to serve Emacs clients.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-starting-client">
|
||||
<title>Starting the client</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Ensure that the emacs server is enabled, either by customizing
|
||||
the <varname>server-mode</varname> variable, or by adding
|
||||
<literal>(server-start)</literal> to
|
||||
<filename>~/.emacs</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To connect to the emacs daemon, run one of the following:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
emacsclient FILENAME
|
||||
emacsclient --create-frame # opens a new frame (window)
|
||||
emacsclient --create-frame --tty # opens a new frame on the current terminal
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-editor-variable">
|
||||
<title>Configuring the <varname>EDITOR</varname> variable</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If <xref linkend="opt-services.emacs.defaultEditor" /> is
|
||||
<literal>true</literal>, the <varname>EDITOR</varname> variable
|
||||
will be set to a wrapper script which launches
|
||||
<command>emacsclient</command>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Any setting of <varname>EDITOR</varname> in the shell config
|
||||
files will override
|
||||
<varname>services.emacs.defaultEditor</varname>. To make sure
|
||||
<varname>EDITOR</varname> refers to the Emacs wrapper script,
|
||||
remove any existing <varname>EDITOR</varname> assignment from
|
||||
<filename>.profile</filename>, <filename>.bashrc</filename>,
|
||||
<filename>.zshenv</filename> or any other shell config file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you have formed certain bad habits when editing files, these
|
||||
can be corrected with a shell alias to the wrapper script:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
alias vi=$EDITOR
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-per-user">
|
||||
<title>Per-User Enabling of the Service</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In general, <command>systemd</command> user services are
|
||||
globally enabled by symlinks in
|
||||
<filename>/etc/systemd/user</filename>. In the case where Emacs
|
||||
daemon is not wanted for all users, it is possible to install
|
||||
the service but not globally enable it:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.emacs.enable = false;
|
||||
services.emacs.install = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To enable the <command>systemd</command> user service for just
|
||||
the currently logged in user, run:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
systemctl --user enable emacs
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This will add the symlink
|
||||
<filename>~/.config/systemd/user/emacs.service</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-configuring">
|
||||
<title>Configuring Emacs</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The Emacs init file should be changed to load the extension
|
||||
packages at startup:
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="module-services-emacs-package-initialisation" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
(require 'package)
|
||||
|
||||
;; optional. makes unpure packages archives unavailable
|
||||
(setq package-archives nil)
|
||||
|
||||
(setq package-enable-at-startup nil)
|
||||
(package-initialize)
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After the declarative emacs package configuration has been tested,
|
||||
previously downloaded packages can be cleaned up by removing
|
||||
<filename>~/.emacs.d/elpa</filename> (do make a backup first, in
|
||||
case you forgot a package).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-major-mode">
|
||||
<title>A Major Mode for Nix Expressions</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Of interest may be <varname>melpaPackages.nix-mode</varname>,
|
||||
which provides syntax highlighting for the Nix language. This is
|
||||
particularly convenient if you regularly edit Nix files.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-emacs-man-pages">
|
||||
<title>Accessing man pages</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can use <literal>woman</literal> to get completion of all
|
||||
available man pages. For example, type
|
||||
<literal>M-x woman <RET> nixos-rebuild <RET>.</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-emacs-docbook-xml">
|
||||
<title>Editing DocBook 5 XML Documents</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Emacs includes
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/nxml-mode/Introduction.html">nXML</link>,
|
||||
a major-mode for validating and editing XML documents. When
|
||||
editing DocBook 5.0 documents, such as
|
||||
<link linkend="book-nixos-manual">this one</link>, nXML needs to
|
||||
be configured with the relevant schema, which is not included.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To install the DocBook 5.0 schemas, either add
|
||||
<varname>pkgs.docbook5</varname> to
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-environment.systemPackages" />
|
||||
(<link linkend="sec-declarative-package-mgmt">NixOS</link>), or
|
||||
run <literal>nix-env -f '<nixpkgs>' -iA docbook5</literal>
|
||||
(<link linkend="sec-ad-hoc-packages">Nix</link>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Then customize the variable
|
||||
<varname>rng-schema-locating-files</varname> to include
|
||||
<filename>~/.emacs.d/schemas.xml</filename> and put the
|
||||
following text into that file:
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="ex-emacs-docbook-xml" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="xml">
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0"?>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
To let emacs find this file, evaluate:
|
||||
(add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files "~/.emacs.d/schemas.xml")
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<locatingRules xmlns="http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Use this variation if pkgs.docbook5 is added to environment.systemPackages
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<namespace ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
|
||||
uri="/run/current-system/sw/share/xml/docbook-5.0/rng/docbookxi.rnc"/>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Use this variation if installing schema with "nix-env -iA pkgs.docbook5".
|
||||
<namespace ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
|
||||
uri="../.nix-profile/share/xml/docbook-5.0/rng/docbookxi.rnc"/>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</locatingRules>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ in {
|
||||
### docs
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./trezord.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./trezord.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
### interface
|
||||
|
@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="trezor">
|
||||
<title>Trezor</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Trezor is an open-source cryptocurrency hardware wallet and security
|
||||
token allowing secure storage of private keys.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It offers advanced features such U2F two-factor authorization, SSH
|
||||
login through
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://wiki.trezor.io/Apps:SSH_agent">Trezor SSH
|
||||
agent</link>,
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://wiki.trezor.io/GPG">GPG</link> and a
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://wiki.trezor.io/Trezor_Password_Manager">password
|
||||
manager</link>. For more information, guides and documentation, see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://wiki.trezor.io">https://wiki.trezor.io</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To enable Trezor support, add the following to your
|
||||
<filename>configuration.nix</filename>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.trezord.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This will add all necessary udev rules and start Trezor Bridge.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ in {
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ lheckemann qyliss ma27 ];
|
||||
doc = ./mailman.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./mailman.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-mailman">
|
||||
<title>Mailman</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.list.org">Mailman</link> is free
|
||||
software for managing electronic mail discussion and e-newsletter
|
||||
lists. Mailman and its web interface can be configured using the
|
||||
corresponding NixOS module. Note that this service is best used with
|
||||
an existing, securely configured Postfix setup, as it does not
|
||||
automatically configure this.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mailman-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage with Postfix</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For a basic configuration with Postfix as the MTA, the following
|
||||
settings are suggested:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ config, ... }: {
|
||||
services.postfix = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
relayDomains = ["hash:/var/lib/mailman/data/postfix_domains"];
|
||||
sslCert = config.security.acme.certs."lists.example.org".directory + "/full.pem";
|
||||
sslKey = config.security.acme.certs."lists.example.org".directory + "/key.pem";
|
||||
config = {
|
||||
transport_maps = ["hash:/var/lib/mailman/data/postfix_lmtp"];
|
||||
local_recipient_maps = ["hash:/var/lib/mailman/data/postfix_lmtp"];
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
services.mailman = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
serve.enable = true;
|
||||
hyperkitty.enable = true;
|
||||
webHosts = ["lists.example.org"];
|
||||
siteOwner = "mailman@example.org";
|
||||
};
|
||||
services.nginx.virtualHosts."lists.example.org".enableACME = true;
|
||||
networking.firewall.allowedTCPPorts = [ 25 80 443 ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
DNS records will also be required:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>AAAA</literal> and <literal>A</literal> records
|
||||
pointing to the host in question, in order for browsers to be
|
||||
able to discover the address of the web server;
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An <literal>MX</literal> record pointing to a domain name at
|
||||
which the host is reachable, in order for other mail servers
|
||||
to be able to deliver emails to the mailing lists it hosts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After this has been done and appropriate DNS records have been set
|
||||
up, the Postorius mailing list manager and the Hyperkitty archive
|
||||
browser will be available at https://lists.example.org/. Note that
|
||||
this setup is not sufficient to deliver emails to most email
|
||||
providers nor to avoid spam – a number of additional measures for
|
||||
authenticating incoming and outgoing mails, such as SPF, DMARC and
|
||||
DKIM are necessary, but outside the scope of the Mailman module.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mailman-other-mtas">
|
||||
<title>Using with other MTAs</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Mailman also supports other MTA, though with a little bit more
|
||||
configuration. For example, to use Mailman with Exim, you can use
|
||||
the following settings:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ config, ... }: {
|
||||
services = {
|
||||
mailman = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
siteOwner = "mailman@example.org";
|
||||
enablePostfix = false;
|
||||
settings.mta = {
|
||||
incoming = "mailman.mta.exim4.LMTP";
|
||||
outgoing = "mailman.mta.deliver.deliver";
|
||||
lmtp_host = "localhost";
|
||||
lmtp_port = "8024";
|
||||
smtp_host = "localhost";
|
||||
smtp_port = "25";
|
||||
configuration = "python:mailman.config.exim4";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
exim = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
# You can configure Exim in a separate file to reduce configuration.nix clutter
|
||||
config = builtins.readFile ./exim.conf;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The exim config needs some special additions to work with Mailman.
|
||||
Currently NixOS can’t manage Exim config with such granularity.
|
||||
Please refer to
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://mailman.readthedocs.io/en/latest/src/mailman/docs/mta.html">Mailman
|
||||
documentation</link> for more info on configuring Mailman for
|
||||
working with Exim.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ in
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./mjolnir.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./mjolnir.md;
|
||||
maintainers = with maintainers; [ jojosch ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-mjolnir">
|
||||
<title>Mjolnir (Matrix Moderation Tool)</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter will show you how to set up your own, self-hosted
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/matrix-org/mjolnir">Mjolnir</link>
|
||||
instance.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
As an all-in-one moderation tool, it can protect your server from
|
||||
malicious invites, spam messages, and whatever else you don’t want.
|
||||
In addition to server-level protection, Mjolnir is great for
|
||||
communities wanting to protect their rooms without having to use
|
||||
their personal accounts for moderation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The bot by default includes support for bans, redactions, anti-spam,
|
||||
server ACLs, room directory changes, room alias transfers, account
|
||||
deactivation, room shutdown, and more.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
See the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/matrix-org/mjolnir#readme">README</link>
|
||||
page and the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/matrix-org/mjolnir/blob/main/docs/moderators.md">Moderator’s
|
||||
guide</link> for additional instructions on how to setup and use
|
||||
Mjolnir.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For <link linkend="opt-services.mjolnir.settings">additional
|
||||
settings</link> see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/matrix-org/mjolnir/blob/main/config/default.yaml">the
|
||||
default configuration</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mjolnir-setup">
|
||||
<title>Mjolnir Setup</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
First create a new Room which will be used as a management room
|
||||
for Mjolnir. In this room, Mjolnir will log possible errors and
|
||||
debugging information. You’ll need to set this Room-ID in
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.mjolnir.managementRoom">services.mjolnir.managementRoom</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Next, create a new user for Mjolnir on your homeserver, if not
|
||||
present already.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The Mjolnir Matrix user expects to be free of any rate limiting.
|
||||
See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/matrix-org/synapse/issues/6286">Synapse
|
||||
#6286</link> for an example on how to achieve this.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you want Mjolnir to be able to deactivate users, move room
|
||||
aliases, shutdown rooms, etc. you’ll need to make the Mjolnir user
|
||||
a Matrix server admin.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Now invite the Mjolnir user to the management room.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It is recommended to use
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/matrix-org/pantalaimon">Pantalaimon</link>,
|
||||
so your management room can be encrypted. This also applies if you
|
||||
are looking to moderate an encrypted room.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To enable the Pantalaimon E2E Proxy for mjolnir, enable
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.mjolnir.pantalaimon.enable">services.mjolnir.pantalaimon</link>.
|
||||
This will autoconfigure a new Pantalaimon instance, which will
|
||||
connect to the homeserver set in
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.mjolnir.homeserverUrl">services.mjolnir.homeserverUrl</link>
|
||||
and Mjolnir itself will be configured to connect to the new
|
||||
Pantalaimon instance.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.mjolnir = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
homeserverUrl = "https://matrix.domain.tld";
|
||||
pantalaimon = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
username = "mjolnir";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/run/secrets/mjolnir-password";
|
||||
};
|
||||
protectedRooms = [
|
||||
"https://matrix.to/#/!xxx:domain.tld"
|
||||
];
|
||||
managementRoom = "!yyy:domain.tld";
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mjolnir-setup-ems">
|
||||
<title>Element Matrix Services (EMS)</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you are using a managed
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://ems.element.io/"><quote>Element Matrix
|
||||
Services (EMS)</quote></link> server, you will need to consent
|
||||
to the terms and conditions. Upon startup, an error log entry
|
||||
with a URL to the consent page will be generated.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mjolnir-matrix-synapse-antispam">
|
||||
<title>Synapse Antispam Module</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A Synapse module is also available to apply the same rulesets the
|
||||
bot uses across an entire homeserver.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To use the Antispam Module, add
|
||||
<literal>matrix-synapse-plugins.matrix-synapse-mjolnir-antispam</literal>
|
||||
to the Synapse plugin list and enable the
|
||||
<literal>mjolnir.Module</literal> module.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.matrix-synapse = {
|
||||
plugins = with pkgs; [
|
||||
matrix-synapse-plugins.matrix-synapse-mjolnir-antispam
|
||||
];
|
||||
extraConfig = ''
|
||||
modules:
|
||||
- module: mjolnir.Module
|
||||
config:
|
||||
# Prevent servers/users in the ban lists from inviting users on this
|
||||
# server to rooms. Default true.
|
||||
block_invites: true
|
||||
# Flag messages sent by servers/users in the ban lists as spam. Currently
|
||||
# this means that spammy messages will appear as empty to users. Default
|
||||
# false.
|
||||
block_messages: false
|
||||
# Remove users from the user directory search by filtering matrix IDs and
|
||||
# display names by the entries in the user ban list. Default false.
|
||||
block_usernames: false
|
||||
# The room IDs of the ban lists to honour. Unlike other parts of Mjolnir,
|
||||
# this list cannot be room aliases or permalinks. This server is expected
|
||||
# to already be joined to the room - Mjolnir will not automatically join
|
||||
# these rooms.
|
||||
ban_lists:
|
||||
- "!roomid:example.org"
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ in {
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
buildDocsInSandbox = false;
|
||||
doc = ./synapse.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./synapse.md;
|
||||
maintainers = teams.matrix.members;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-matrix">
|
||||
<title>Matrix</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://matrix.org/">Matrix</link> is an open
|
||||
standard for interoperable, decentralised, real-time communication
|
||||
over IP. It can be used to power Instant Messaging, VoIP/WebRTC
|
||||
signalling, Internet of Things communication - or anywhere you need
|
||||
a standard HTTP API for publishing and subscribing to data whilst
|
||||
tracking the conversation history.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter will show you how to set up your own, self-hosted
|
||||
Matrix homeserver using the Synapse reference homeserver, and how to
|
||||
serve your own copy of the Element web client. See the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://matrix.org/docs/projects/try-matrix-now.html">Try
|
||||
Matrix Now!</link> overview page for links to Element Apps for
|
||||
Android and iOS, desktop clients, as well as bridges to other
|
||||
networks and other projects around Matrix.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-matrix-synapse">
|
||||
<title>Synapse Homeserver</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/matrix-org/synapse">Synapse</link>
|
||||
is the reference homeserver implementation of Matrix from the core
|
||||
development team at matrix.org. The following configuration
|
||||
example will set up a synapse server for the
|
||||
<literal>example.org</literal> domain, served from the host
|
||||
<literal>myhostname.example.org</literal>. For more information,
|
||||
please refer to the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://matrix-org.github.io/synapse/latest/setup/installation.html">installation
|
||||
instructions of Synapse</link> .
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ pkgs, lib, config, ... }:
|
||||
let
|
||||
fqdn = "${config.networking.hostName}.${config.networking.domain}";
|
||||
clientConfig = {
|
||||
"m.homeserver".base_url = "https://${fqdn}";
|
||||
"m.identity_server" = {};
|
||||
};
|
||||
serverConfig."m.server" = "${config.services.matrix-synapse.settings.server_name}:443";
|
||||
mkWellKnown = data: ''
|
||||
add_header Content-Type application/json;
|
||||
add_header Access-Control-Allow-Origin *;
|
||||
return 200 '${builtins.toJSON data}';
|
||||
'';
|
||||
in {
|
||||
networking.hostName = "myhostname";
|
||||
networking.domain = "example.org";
|
||||
networking.firewall.allowedTCPPorts = [ 80 443 ];
|
||||
|
||||
services.postgresql.enable = true;
|
||||
services.postgresql.initialScript = pkgs.writeText "synapse-init.sql" ''
|
||||
CREATE ROLE "matrix-synapse" WITH LOGIN PASSWORD 'synapse';
|
||||
CREATE DATABASE "matrix-synapse" WITH OWNER "matrix-synapse"
|
||||
TEMPLATE template0
|
||||
LC_COLLATE = "C"
|
||||
LC_CTYPE = "C";
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
recommendedTlsSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedOptimisation = true;
|
||||
recommendedGzipSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedProxySettings = true;
|
||||
virtualHosts = {
|
||||
# If the A and AAAA DNS records on example.org do not point on the same host as the
|
||||
# records for myhostname.example.org, you can easily move the /.well-known
|
||||
# virtualHost section of the code to the host that is serving example.org, while
|
||||
# the rest stays on myhostname.example.org with no other changes required.
|
||||
# This pattern also allows to seamlessly move the homeserver from
|
||||
# myhostname.example.org to myotherhost.example.org by only changing the
|
||||
# /.well-known redirection target.
|
||||
"${config.networking.domain}" = {
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
# This section is not needed if the server_name of matrix-synapse is equal to
|
||||
# the domain (i.e. example.org from @foo:example.org) and the federation port
|
||||
# is 8448.
|
||||
# Further reference can be found in the docs about delegation under
|
||||
# https://matrix-org.github.io/synapse/latest/delegate.html
|
||||
locations."= /.well-known/matrix/server".extraConfig = mkWellKnown serverConfig;
|
||||
# This is usually needed for homeserver discovery (from e.g. other Matrix clients).
|
||||
# Further reference can be found in the upstream docs at
|
||||
# https://spec.matrix.org/latest/client-server-api/#getwell-knownmatrixclient
|
||||
locations."= /.well-known/matrix/client".extraConfig = mkWellKnown clientConfig;
|
||||
};
|
||||
"${fqdn}" = {
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
# It's also possible to do a redirect here or something else, this vhost is not
|
||||
# needed for Matrix. It's recommended though to *not put* element
|
||||
# here, see also the section about Element.
|
||||
locations."/".extraConfig = ''
|
||||
return 404;
|
||||
'';
|
||||
# Forward all Matrix API calls to the synapse Matrix homeserver. A trailing slash
|
||||
# *must not* be used here.
|
||||
locations."/_matrix".proxyPass = "http://[::1]:8008";
|
||||
# Forward requests for e.g. SSO and password-resets.
|
||||
locations."/_synapse/client".proxyPass = "http://[::1]:8008";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services.matrix-synapse = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
settings.server_name = config.networking.domain;
|
||||
settings.listeners = [
|
||||
{ port = 8008;
|
||||
bind_addresses = [ "::1" ];
|
||||
type = "http";
|
||||
tls = false;
|
||||
x_forwarded = true;
|
||||
resources = [ {
|
||||
names = [ "client" "federation" ];
|
||||
compress = true;
|
||||
} ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-matrix-register-users">
|
||||
<title>Registering Matrix users</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you want to run a server with public registration by anybody,
|
||||
you can then enable
|
||||
<literal>services.matrix-synapse.settings.enable_registration = true;</literal>.
|
||||
Otherwise, or you can generate a registration secret with
|
||||
<command>pwgen -s 64 1</command> and set it with
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.matrix-synapse.settings.registration_shared_secret" />.
|
||||
To create a new user or admin, run the following after you have
|
||||
set the secret and have rebuilt NixOS:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ nix-shell -p matrix-synapse
|
||||
$ register_new_matrix_user -k your-registration-shared-secret http://localhost:8008
|
||||
New user localpart: your-username
|
||||
Password:
|
||||
Confirm password:
|
||||
Make admin [no]:
|
||||
Success!
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In the example, this would create a user with the Matrix
|
||||
Identifier <literal>@your-username:example.org</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When using
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.matrix-synapse.settings.registration_shared_secret" />,
|
||||
the secret will end up in the world-readable store. Instead it’s
|
||||
recommended to deploy the secret in an additional file like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Create a file with the following contents:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
registration_shared_secret: your-very-secret-secret
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Deploy the file with a secret-manager such as
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://nixops.readthedocs.io/en/latest/overview.html#managing-keys"><option>deployment.keys</option></link>
|
||||
from
|
||||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>nixops</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/Mic92/sops-nix/">sops-nix</link>
|
||||
to e.g.
|
||||
<filename>/run/secrets/matrix-shared-secret</filename> and
|
||||
ensure that it’s readable by
|
||||
<literal>matrix-synapse</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Include the file like this in your configuration:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.matrix-synapse.extraConfigFiles = [
|
||||
"/run/secrets/matrix-shared-secret"
|
||||
];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It’s also possible to user alternative authentication mechanism
|
||||
such as
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-synapse-ldap3">LDAP
|
||||
(via <literal>matrix-synapse-ldap3</literal>)</link> or
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://matrix-org.github.io/synapse/latest/openid.html">OpenID</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-matrix-element-web">
|
||||
<title>Element (formerly known as Riot) Web Client</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/vector-im/riot-web/">Element
|
||||
Web</link> is the reference web client for Matrix and developed by
|
||||
the core team at matrix.org. Element was formerly known as
|
||||
Riot.im, see the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://element.io/blog/welcome-to-element/">Element
|
||||
introductory blog post</link> for more information. The following
|
||||
snippet can be optionally added to the code before to complete the
|
||||
synapse installation with a web client served at
|
||||
<literal>https://element.myhostname.example.org</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>https://element.example.org</literal>. Alternatively, you
|
||||
can use the hosted copy at
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://app.element.io/">https://app.element.io/</link>,
|
||||
or use other web clients or native client applications. Due to the
|
||||
<literal>/.well-known</literal> urls set up done above, many
|
||||
clients should fill in the required connection details
|
||||
automatically when you enter your Matrix Identifier. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://matrix.org/docs/projects/try-matrix-now.html">Try
|
||||
Matrix Now!</link> for a list of existing clients and their
|
||||
supported featureset.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.nginx.virtualHosts."element.${fqdn}" = {
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
serverAliases = [
|
||||
"element.${config.networking.domain}"
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
root = pkgs.element-web.override {
|
||||
conf = {
|
||||
default_server_config = clientConfig; # see `clientConfig` from the snippet above.
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The Element developers do not recommend running Element and your
|
||||
Matrix homeserver on the same fully-qualified domain name for
|
||||
security reasons. In the example, this means that you should not
|
||||
reuse the <literal>myhostname.example.org</literal> virtualHost
|
||||
to also serve Element, but instead serve it on a different
|
||||
subdomain, like <literal>element.example.org</literal> in the
|
||||
example. See the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/vector-im/element-web/tree/v1.10.0#important-security-notes">Element
|
||||
Important Security Notes</link> for more information on this
|
||||
subject.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -1504,6 +1504,6 @@ in {
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./gitlab.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./gitlab.md;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-gitlab">
|
||||
<title>GitLab</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
GitLab is a feature-rich git hosting service.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-gitlab-prerequisites">
|
||||
<title>Prerequisites</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <literal>gitlab</literal> service exposes only an Unix socket
|
||||
at <literal>/run/gitlab/gitlab-workhorse.socket</literal>. You
|
||||
need to configure a webserver to proxy HTTP requests to the
|
||||
socket.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For instance, the following configuration could be used to use
|
||||
nginx as frontend proxy:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
recommendedGzipSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedOptimisation = true;
|
||||
recommendedProxySettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedTlsSettings = true;
|
||||
virtualHosts."git.example.com" = {
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
locations."/".proxyPass = "http://unix:/run/gitlab/gitlab-workhorse.socket";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-gitlab-configuring">
|
||||
<title>Configuring</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
GitLab depends on both PostgreSQL and Redis and will automatically
|
||||
enable both services. In the case of PostgreSQL, a database and a
|
||||
role will be created.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The default state dir is <literal>/var/gitlab/state</literal>.
|
||||
This is where all data like the repositories and uploads will be
|
||||
stored.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A basic configuration with some custom settings could look like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.gitlab = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
databasePasswordFile = "/var/keys/gitlab/db_password";
|
||||
initialRootPasswordFile = "/var/keys/gitlab/root_password";
|
||||
https = true;
|
||||
host = "git.example.com";
|
||||
port = 443;
|
||||
user = "git";
|
||||
group = "git";
|
||||
smtp = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
address = "localhost";
|
||||
port = 25;
|
||||
};
|
||||
secrets = {
|
||||
dbFile = "/var/keys/gitlab/db";
|
||||
secretFile = "/var/keys/gitlab/secret";
|
||||
otpFile = "/var/keys/gitlab/otp";
|
||||
jwsFile = "/var/keys/gitlab/jws";
|
||||
};
|
||||
extraConfig = {
|
||||
gitlab = {
|
||||
email_from = "gitlab-no-reply@example.com";
|
||||
email_display_name = "Example GitLab";
|
||||
email_reply_to = "gitlab-no-reply@example.com";
|
||||
default_projects_features = { builds = false; };
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you’re setting up a new GitLab instance, generate new secrets.
|
||||
You for instance use
|
||||
<literal>tr -dc A-Za-z0-9 < /dev/urandom | head -c 128 > /var/keys/gitlab/db</literal>
|
||||
to generate a new db secret. Make sure the files can be read by,
|
||||
and only by, the user specified by
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.gitlab.user">services.gitlab.user</link>.
|
||||
GitLab encrypts sensitive data stored in the database. If you’re
|
||||
restoring an existing GitLab instance, you must specify the
|
||||
secrets secret from <literal>config/secrets.yml</literal> located
|
||||
in your GitLab state folder.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When <literal>incoming_mail.enabled</literal> is set to
|
||||
<literal>true</literal> in
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.gitlab.extraConfig">extraConfig</link>
|
||||
an additional service called <literal>gitlab-mailroom</literal> is
|
||||
enabled for fetching incoming mail.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Refer to <xref linkend="ch-options" /> for all available
|
||||
configuration options for the
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.gitlab.enable">services.gitlab</link>
|
||||
module.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-gitlab-maintenance">
|
||||
<title>Maintenance</title>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-gitlab-maintenance-backups">
|
||||
<title>Backups</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Backups can be configured with the options in
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.gitlab.backup.keepTime">services.gitlab.backup</link>.
|
||||
Use the
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.gitlab.backup.startAt">services.gitlab.backup.startAt</link>
|
||||
option to configure regular backups.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To run a manual backup, start the
|
||||
<literal>gitlab-backup</literal> service:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ systemctl start gitlab-backup.service
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-gitlab-maintenance-rake">
|
||||
<title>Rake tasks</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can run GitLab’s rake tasks with
|
||||
<literal>gitlab-rake</literal> which will be available on the
|
||||
system when GitLab is enabled. You will have to run the command
|
||||
as the user that you configured to run GitLab with.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A list of all available rake tasks can be obtained by running:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ sudo -u git -H gitlab-rake -T
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -1390,6 +1390,6 @@ in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./default.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./default.md;
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ tomberek ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-sourcehut">
|
||||
<title>Sourcehut</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://sr.ht.com/">Sourcehut</link> is an
|
||||
open-source, self-hostable software development platform. The server
|
||||
setup can be automated using
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.sourcehut.enable">services.sourcehut</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-sourcehut-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Sourcehut is a Python and Go based set of applications. This NixOS
|
||||
module also provides basic configuration integrating Sourcehut
|
||||
into locally running <literal>services.nginx</literal>,
|
||||
<literal>services.redis.servers.sourcehut</literal>,
|
||||
<literal>services.postfix</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>services.postgresql</literal> services.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A very basic configuration may look like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ pkgs, ... }:
|
||||
let
|
||||
fqdn =
|
||||
let
|
||||
join = hostName: domain: hostName + optionalString (domain != null) ".${domain}";
|
||||
in join config.networking.hostName config.networking.domain;
|
||||
in {
|
||||
|
||||
networking = {
|
||||
hostName = "srht";
|
||||
domain = "tld";
|
||||
firewall.allowedTCPPorts = [ 22 80 443 ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services.sourcehut = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
git.enable = true;
|
||||
man.enable = true;
|
||||
meta.enable = true;
|
||||
nginx.enable = true;
|
||||
postfix.enable = true;
|
||||
postgresql.enable = true;
|
||||
redis.enable = true;
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
"sr.ht" = {
|
||||
environment = "production";
|
||||
global-domain = fqdn;
|
||||
origin = "https://${fqdn}";
|
||||
# Produce keys with srht-keygen from sourcehut.coresrht.
|
||||
network-key = "/run/keys/path/to/network-key";
|
||||
service-key = "/run/keys/path/to/service-key";
|
||||
};
|
||||
webhooks.private-key= "/run/keys/path/to/webhook-key";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
security.acme.certs."${fqdn}".extraDomainNames = [
|
||||
"meta.${fqdn}"
|
||||
"man.${fqdn}"
|
||||
"git.${fqdn}"
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
# only recommendedProxySettings are strictly required, but the rest make sense as well.
|
||||
recommendedTlsSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedOptimisation = true;
|
||||
recommendedGzipSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedProxySettings = true;
|
||||
|
||||
# Settings to setup what certificates are used for which endpoint.
|
||||
virtualHosts = {
|
||||
"${fqdn}".enableACME = true;
|
||||
"meta.${fqdn}".useACMEHost = fqdn:
|
||||
"man.${fqdn}".useACMEHost = fqdn:
|
||||
"git.${fqdn}".useACMEHost = fqdn:
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <literal>hostName</literal> option is used internally to
|
||||
configure the nginx reverse-proxy. The <literal>settings</literal>
|
||||
attribute set is used by the configuration generator and the
|
||||
result is placed in <literal>/etc/sr.ht/config.ini</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-sourcehut-configuration">
|
||||
<title>Configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
All configuration parameters are also stored in
|
||||
<literal>/etc/sr.ht/config.ini</literal> which is generated by the
|
||||
module and linked from the store to ensure that all values from
|
||||
<literal>config.ini</literal> can be modified by the module.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-sourcehut-httpd">
|
||||
<title>Using an alternative webserver as reverse-proxy (e.g.
|
||||
<literal>httpd</literal>)</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, <literal>nginx</literal> is used as reverse-proxy for
|
||||
<literal>sourcehut</literal>. However, it’s possible to use e.g.
|
||||
<literal>httpd</literal> by explicitly disabling
|
||||
<literal>nginx</literal> using
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.nginx.enable" /> and fixing the
|
||||
<literal>settings</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -566,5 +566,5 @@ in {
|
||||
})
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./default.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./default.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-taskserver">
|
||||
<title>Taskserver</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Taskserver is the server component of
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://taskwarrior.org/">Taskwarrior</link>, a
|
||||
free and open source todo list application.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Upstream documentation:</emphasis>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://taskwarrior.org/docs/#taskd">https://taskwarrior.org/docs/#taskd</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-taskserver-configuration">
|
||||
<title>Configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Taskserver does all of its authentication via TLS using client
|
||||
certificates, so you either need to roll your own CA or purchase a
|
||||
certificate from a known CA, which allows creation of client
|
||||
certificates. These certificates are usually advertised as
|
||||
<quote>server certificates</quote>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
So in order to make it easier to handle your own CA, there is a
|
||||
helper tool called <command>nixos-taskserver</command> which
|
||||
manages the custom CA along with Taskserver organisations, users
|
||||
and groups.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
While the client certificates in Taskserver only authenticate
|
||||
whether a user is allowed to connect, every user has its own UUID
|
||||
which identifies it as an entity.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
With <command>nixos-taskserver</command> the client certificate is
|
||||
created along with the UUID of the user, so it handles all of the
|
||||
credentials needed in order to setup the Taskwarrior client to
|
||||
work with a Taskserver.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-taskserver-nixos-taskserver-tool">
|
||||
<title>The nixos-taskserver tool</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Because Taskserver by default only provides scripts to setup users
|
||||
imperatively, the <command>nixos-taskserver</command> tool is used
|
||||
for addition and deletion of organisations along with users and
|
||||
groups defined by
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.taskserver.organisations" /> and as
|
||||
well for imperative set up.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The tool is designed to not interfere if the command is used to
|
||||
manually set up some organisations, users or groups.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For example if you add a new organisation using
|
||||
<command>nixos-taskserver org add foo</command>, the organisation
|
||||
is not modified and deleted no matter what you define in
|
||||
<option>services.taskserver.organisations</option>, even if you’re
|
||||
adding the same organisation in that option.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The tool is modelled to imitate the official
|
||||
<command>taskd</command> command, documentation for each
|
||||
subcommand can be shown by using the <option>--help</option>
|
||||
switch.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-taskserver-declarative-ca-management">
|
||||
<title>Declarative/automatic CA management</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Everything is done according to what you specify in the module
|
||||
options, however in order to set up a Taskwarrior client for
|
||||
synchronisation with a Taskserver instance, you have to transfer
|
||||
the keys and certificates to the client machine.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This is done using
|
||||
<command>nixos-taskserver user export $orgname $username</command>
|
||||
which is printing a shell script fragment to stdout which can
|
||||
either be used verbatim or adjusted to import the user on the
|
||||
client machine.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For example, let’s say you have the following configuration:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.taskserver.enable = true;
|
||||
services.taskserver.fqdn = "server";
|
||||
services.taskserver.listenHost = "::";
|
||||
services.taskserver.organisations.my-company.users = [ "alice" ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This creates an organisation called <literal>my-company</literal>
|
||||
with the user <literal>alice</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Now in order to import the <literal>alice</literal> user to
|
||||
another machine <literal>alicebox</literal>, all we need to do is
|
||||
something like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ ssh server nixos-taskserver user export my-company alice | sh
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Of course, if no SSH daemon is available on the server you can
|
||||
also copy & paste it directly into a shell.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After this step the user should be set up and you can start
|
||||
synchronising your tasks for the first time with
|
||||
<command>task sync init</command> on <literal>alicebox</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Subsequent synchronisation requests merely require the command
|
||||
<command>task sync</command> after that stage.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-taskserver-manual-ca-management">
|
||||
<title>Manual CA management</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you set any options within
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.taskserver.pki.manual.ca.cert">service.taskserver.pki.manual</link>.*,
|
||||
<command>nixos-taskserver</command> won’t issue certificates, but
|
||||
you can still use it for adding or removing user accounts.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -59,5 +59,5 @@ in
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./weechat.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./weechat.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-weechat">
|
||||
<title>WeeChat</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://weechat.org/">WeeChat</link> is a fast and
|
||||
extensible IRC client.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-weechat-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic Usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, the module creates a
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/"><literal>systemd</literal></link>
|
||||
unit which runs the chat client in a detached
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/screen/"><literal>screen</literal></link>
|
||||
session.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This can be done by enabling the <literal>weechat</literal>
|
||||
service:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ ... }:
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.weechat.enable = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The service is managed by a dedicated user named
|
||||
<literal>weechat</literal> in the state directory
|
||||
<literal>/var/lib/weechat</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-weechat-reattach">
|
||||
<title>Re-attaching to WeeChat</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
WeeChat runs in a screen session owned by a dedicated user. To
|
||||
explicitly allow your another user to attach to this session, the
|
||||
<literal>screenrc</literal> needs to be tweaked by adding
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/screen/manual/html_node/Multiuser.html#Multiuser">multiuser</link>
|
||||
support:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
programs.screen.screenrc = ''
|
||||
multiuser on
|
||||
acladd normal_user
|
||||
'';
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Now, the session can be re-attached like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
screen -x weechat/weechat-screen
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>The session name can be changed using
|
||||
<link xlink:href="options.html#opt-services.weechat.sessionName">services.weechat.sessionName.</link></emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -539,6 +539,6 @@ in
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./parsedmarc.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./parsedmarc.md;
|
||||
meta.maintainers = [ lib.maintainers.talyz ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-parsedmarc">
|
||||
<title>parsedmarc</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://domainaware.github.io/parsedmarc/">parsedmarc</link>
|
||||
is a service which parses incoming
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://dmarc.org/">DMARC</link> reports and
|
||||
stores or sends them to a downstream service for further analysis.
|
||||
In combination with Elasticsearch, Grafana and the included Grafana
|
||||
dashboard, it provides a handy overview of DMARC reports over time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-parsedmarc-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A very minimal setup which reads incoming reports from an external
|
||||
email address and saves them to a local Elasticsearch instance
|
||||
looks like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.parsedmarc = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
settings.imap = {
|
||||
host = "imap.example.com";
|
||||
user = "alice@example.com";
|
||||
password = "/path/to/imap_password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
provision.geoIp = false; # Not recommended!
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that GeoIP provisioning is disabled in the example for
|
||||
simplicity, but should be turned on for fully functional reports.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-parsedmarc-local-mail">
|
||||
<title>Local mail</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Instead of watching an external inbox, a local inbox can be
|
||||
automatically provisioned. The recipient’s name is by default set
|
||||
to <literal>dmarc</literal>, but can be configured in
|
||||
<link xlink:href="options.html#opt-services.parsedmarc.provision.localMail.recipientName">services.parsedmarc.provision.localMail.recipientName</link>.
|
||||
You need to add an MX record pointing to the host. More
|
||||
concretely: for the example to work, an MX record needs to be set
|
||||
up for <literal>monitoring.example.com</literal> and the complete
|
||||
email address that should be configured in the domain’s dmarc
|
||||
policy is <literal>dmarc@monitoring.example.com</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.parsedmarc = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
provision = {
|
||||
localMail = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostname = monitoring.example.com;
|
||||
};
|
||||
geoIp = false; # Not recommended!
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-parsedmarc-grafana-geoip">
|
||||
<title>Grafana and GeoIP</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The reports can be visualized and summarized with parsedmarc’s
|
||||
official Grafana dashboard. For all views to work, and for the
|
||||
data to be complete, GeoIP databases are also required. The
|
||||
following example shows a basic deployment where the provisioned
|
||||
Elasticsearch instance is automatically added as a Grafana
|
||||
datasource, and the dashboard is added to Grafana as well.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.parsedmarc = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
provision = {
|
||||
localMail = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostname = url;
|
||||
};
|
||||
grafana = {
|
||||
datasource = true;
|
||||
dashboard = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# Not required, but recommended for full functionality
|
||||
services.geoipupdate = {
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
AccountID = 000000;
|
||||
LicenseKey = "/path/to/license_key_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services.grafana = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
addr = "0.0.0.0";
|
||||
domain = url;
|
||||
rootUrl = "https://" + url;
|
||||
protocol = "socket";
|
||||
security = {
|
||||
adminUser = "admin";
|
||||
adminPasswordFile = "/path/to/admin_password_file";
|
||||
secretKeyFile = "/path/to/secret_key_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
recommendedTlsSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedOptimisation = true;
|
||||
recommendedGzipSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedProxySettings = true;
|
||||
upstreams.grafana.servers."unix:/${config.services.grafana.socket}" = {};
|
||||
virtualHosts.${url} = {
|
||||
root = config.services.grafana.staticRootPath;
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
locations."/".tryFiles = "$uri @grafana";
|
||||
locations."@grafana".proxyPass = "http://grafana";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
users.users.nginx.extraGroups = [ "grafana" ];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ in
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./exporters.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./exporters.md;
|
||||
maintainers = [ maintainers.willibutz ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-prometheus-exporters">
|
||||
<title>Prometheus exporters</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Prometheus exporters provide metrics for the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://prometheus.io">prometheus monitoring
|
||||
system</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-prometheus-exporters-configuration">
|
||||
<title>Configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
One of the most common exporters is the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/prometheus/node_exporter">node
|
||||
exporter</link>, it provides hardware and OS metrics from the host
|
||||
it’s running on. The exporter could be configured as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.prometheus.exporters.node = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
port = 9100;
|
||||
enabledCollectors = [
|
||||
"logind"
|
||||
"systemd"
|
||||
];
|
||||
disabledCollectors = [
|
||||
"textfile"
|
||||
];
|
||||
openFirewall = true;
|
||||
firewallFilter = "-i br0 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 9100";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It should now serve all metrics from the collectors that are
|
||||
explicitly enabled and the ones that are
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/prometheus/node_exporter#enabled-by-default">enabled
|
||||
by default</link>, via http under <literal>/metrics</literal>. In
|
||||
this example the firewall should just allow incoming connections
|
||||
to the exporter’s port on the bridge interface
|
||||
<literal>br0</literal> (this would have to be configured
|
||||
separately of course). For more information about configuration
|
||||
see <literal>man configuration.nix</literal> or search through the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://nixos.org/nixos/options.html#prometheus.exporters">available
|
||||
options</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Prometheus can now be configured to consume the metrics produced
|
||||
by the exporter:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.prometheus = {
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
|
||||
scrapeConfigs = [
|
||||
{
|
||||
job_name = "node";
|
||||
static_configs = [{
|
||||
targets = [ "localhost:${toString config.services.prometheus.exporters.node.port}" ];
|
||||
}];
|
||||
}
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-prometheus-exporters-new-exporter">
|
||||
<title>Adding a new exporter</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To add a new exporter, it has to be packaged first (see
|
||||
<literal>nixpkgs/pkgs/servers/monitoring/prometheus/</literal> for
|
||||
examples), then a module can be added. The postfix exporter is
|
||||
used in this example:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Some default options for all exporters are provided by
|
||||
<literal>nixpkgs/nixos/modules/services/monitoring/prometheus/exporters.nix</literal>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>enable</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>port</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>listenAddress</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>extraFlags</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>openFirewall</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>firewallFilter</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>user</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>group</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
As there is already a package available, the module can now be
|
||||
added. This is accomplished by adding a new file to the
|
||||
<literal>nixos/modules/services/monitoring/prometheus/exporters/</literal>
|
||||
directory, which will be called postfix.nix and contains all
|
||||
exporter specific options and configuration:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# nixpgs/nixos/modules/services/prometheus/exporters/postfix.nix
|
||||
{ config, lib, pkgs, options }:
|
||||
|
||||
with lib;
|
||||
|
||||
let
|
||||
# for convenience we define cfg here
|
||||
cfg = config.services.prometheus.exporters.postfix;
|
||||
in
|
||||
{
|
||||
port = 9154; # The postfix exporter listens on this port by default
|
||||
|
||||
# `extraOpts` is an attribute set which contains additional options
|
||||
# (and optional overrides for default options).
|
||||
# Note that this attribute is optional.
|
||||
extraOpts = {
|
||||
telemetryPath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "/metrics";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Path under which to expose metrics.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
logfilePath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.path;
|
||||
default = /var/log/postfix_exporter_input.log;
|
||||
example = /var/log/mail.log;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Path where Postfix writes log entries.
|
||||
This file will be truncated by this exporter!
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
showqPath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.path;
|
||||
default = /var/spool/postfix/public/showq;
|
||||
example = /var/lib/postfix/queue/public/showq;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Path at which Postfix places its showq socket.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# `serviceOpts` is an attribute set which contains configuration
|
||||
# for the exporter's systemd service. One of
|
||||
# `serviceOpts.script` and `serviceOpts.serviceConfig.ExecStart`
|
||||
# has to be specified here. This will be merged with the default
|
||||
# service configuration.
|
||||
# Note that by default 'DynamicUser' is 'true'.
|
||||
serviceOpts = {
|
||||
serviceConfig = {
|
||||
DynamicUser = false;
|
||||
ExecStart = ''
|
||||
${pkgs.prometheus-postfix-exporter}/bin/postfix_exporter \
|
||||
--web.listen-address ${cfg.listenAddress}:${toString cfg.port} \
|
||||
--web.telemetry-path ${cfg.telemetryPath} \
|
||||
${concatStringsSep " \\\n " cfg.extraFlags}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This should already be enough for the postfix exporter.
|
||||
Additionally one could now add assertions and conditional
|
||||
default values. This can be done in the
|
||||
<quote>meta-module</quote> that combines all exporter
|
||||
definitions and generates the submodules:
|
||||
<literal>nixpkgs/nixos/modules/services/prometheus/exporters.nix</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-prometheus-exporters-update-exporter-module">
|
||||
<title>Updating an exporter module</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Should an exporter option change at some point, it is possible to
|
||||
add information about the change to the exporter definition
|
||||
similar to <literal>nixpkgs/nixos/modules/rename.nix</literal>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ config, lib, pkgs, options }:
|
||||
|
||||
with lib;
|
||||
|
||||
let
|
||||
cfg = config.services.prometheus.exporters.nginx;
|
||||
in
|
||||
{
|
||||
port = 9113;
|
||||
extraOpts = {
|
||||
# additional module options
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
};
|
||||
serviceOpts = {
|
||||
# service configuration
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
};
|
||||
imports = [
|
||||
# 'services.prometheus.exporters.nginx.telemetryEndpoint' -> 'services.prometheus.exporters.nginx.telemetryPath'
|
||||
(mkRenamedOptionModule [ "telemetryEndpoint" ] [ "telemetryPath" ])
|
||||
|
||||
# removed option 'services.prometheus.exporters.nginx.insecure'
|
||||
(mkRemovedOptionModule [ "insecure" ] ''
|
||||
This option was replaced by 'prometheus.exporters.nginx.sslVerify' which defaults to true.
|
||||
'')
|
||||
({ options.warnings = options.warnings; })
|
||||
];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -95,5 +95,5 @@ in
|
||||
users.groups.litestream = {};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./default.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./default.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-litestream">
|
||||
<title>Litestream</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://litestream.io/">Litestream</link> is a
|
||||
standalone streaming replication tool for SQLite.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-litestream-configuration">
|
||||
<title>Configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Litestream service is managed by a dedicated user named
|
||||
<literal>litestream</literal> which needs permission to the
|
||||
database file. Here’s an example config which gives required
|
||||
permissions to access
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.grafana.settings.database.path">grafana
|
||||
database</link>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ pkgs, ... }:
|
||||
{
|
||||
users.users.litestream.extraGroups = [ "grafana" ];
|
||||
|
||||
systemd.services.grafana.serviceConfig.ExecStartPost = "+" + pkgs.writeShellScript "grant-grafana-permissions" ''
|
||||
timeout=10
|
||||
|
||||
while [ ! -f /var/lib/grafana/data/grafana.db ];
|
||||
do
|
||||
if [ "$timeout" == 0 ]; then
|
||||
echo "ERROR: Timeout while waiting for /var/lib/grafana/data/grafana.db."
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
sleep 1
|
||||
|
||||
((timeout--))
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
find /var/lib/grafana -type d -exec chmod -v 775 {} \;
|
||||
find /var/lib/grafana -type f -exec chmod -v 660 {} \;
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
||||
services.litestream = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
|
||||
environmentFile = "/run/secrets/litestream";
|
||||
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
dbs = [
|
||||
{
|
||||
path = "/var/lib/grafana/data/grafana.db";
|
||||
replicas = [{
|
||||
url = "s3://mybkt.litestream.io/grafana";
|
||||
}];
|
||||
}
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -311,6 +311,6 @@ in
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ pennae ];
|
||||
doc = ./firefox-syncserver.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./firefox-syncserver.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-firefox-syncserver">
|
||||
<title>Firefox Sync server</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A storage server for Firefox Sync that you can easily host yourself.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-firefox-syncserver-quickstart">
|
||||
<title>Quickstart</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The absolute minimal configuration for the sync server looks like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.mysql.package = pkgs.mariadb;
|
||||
|
||||
services.firefox-syncserver = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
secrets = builtins.toFile "sync-secrets" ''
|
||||
SYNC_MASTER_SECRET=this-secret-is-actually-leaked-to-/nix/store
|
||||
'';
|
||||
singleNode = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostname = "localhost";
|
||||
url = "http://localhost:5000";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This will start a sync server that is only accessible locally.
|
||||
Once the services is running you can navigate to
|
||||
<literal>about:config</literal> in your Firefox profile and set
|
||||
<literal>identity.sync.tokenserver.uri</literal> to
|
||||
<literal>http://localhost:5000/1.0/sync/1.5</literal>. Your
|
||||
browser will now use your local sync server for data storage.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This configuration should never be used in production. It is not
|
||||
encrypted and stores its secrets in a world-readable location.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-firefox-syncserver-configuration">
|
||||
<title>More detailed setup</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <literal>firefox-syncserver</literal> service provides a
|
||||
number of options to make setting up small deployment easier.
|
||||
These are grouped under the <literal>singleNode</literal> element
|
||||
of the option tree and allow simple configuration of the most
|
||||
important parameters.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Single node setup is split into two kinds of options: those that
|
||||
affect the sync server itself, and those that affect its
|
||||
surroundings. Options that affect the sync server are
|
||||
<literal>capacity</literal>, which configures how many accounts
|
||||
may be active on this instance, and <literal>url</literal>, which
|
||||
holds the URL under which the sync server can be accessed. The
|
||||
<literal>url</literal> can be configured automatically when using
|
||||
nginx.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Options that affect the surroundings of the sync server are
|
||||
<literal>enableNginx</literal>, <literal>enableTLS</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>hostnam</literal>. If <literal>enableNginx</literal> is
|
||||
set the sync server module will automatically add an nginx virtual
|
||||
host to the system using <literal>hostname</literal> as the domain
|
||||
and set <literal>url</literal> accordingly. If
|
||||
<literal>enableTLS</literal> is set the module will also enable
|
||||
ACME certificates on the new virtual host and force all
|
||||
connections to be made via TLS.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For actual deployment it is also recommended to store the
|
||||
<literal>secrets</literal> file in a secure location.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -671,6 +671,6 @@ in
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ pennae ];
|
||||
doc = ./mosquitto.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./mosquitto.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-mosquitto">
|
||||
<title>Mosquitto</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Mosquitto is a MQTT broker often used for IoT or home automation
|
||||
data transport.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mosquitto-quickstart">
|
||||
<title>Quickstart</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A minimal configuration for Mosquitto is
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.mosquitto = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
listeners = [ {
|
||||
acl = [ "pattern readwrite #" ];
|
||||
omitPasswordAuth = true;
|
||||
settings.allow_anonymous = true;
|
||||
} ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This will start a broker on port 1883, listening on all interfaces
|
||||
of the machine, allowing read/write access to all topics to any
|
||||
user without password requirements.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
User authentication can be configured with the
|
||||
<literal>users</literal> key of listeners. A config that gives
|
||||
full read access to a user <literal>monitor</literal> and
|
||||
restricted write access to a user <literal>service</literal> could
|
||||
look like
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.mosquitto = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
listeners = [ {
|
||||
users = {
|
||||
monitor = {
|
||||
acl = [ "read #" ];
|
||||
password = "monitor";
|
||||
};
|
||||
service = {
|
||||
acl = [ "write service/#" ];
|
||||
password = "service";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
} ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
TLS authentication is configured by setting TLS-related options of
|
||||
the listener:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.mosquitto = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
listeners = [ {
|
||||
port = 8883; # port change is not required, but helpful to avoid mistakes
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
cafile = "/path/to/mqtt.ca.pem";
|
||||
certfile = "/path/to/mqtt.pem";
|
||||
keyfile = "/path/to/mqtt.key";
|
||||
};
|
||||
} ];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mosquitto-config">
|
||||
<title>Configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The Mosquitto configuration has four distinct types of settings:
|
||||
the global settings of the daemon, listeners, plugins, and
|
||||
bridges. Bridges and listeners are part of the global
|
||||
configuration, plugins are part of listeners. Users of the broker
|
||||
are configured as parts of listeners rather than globally,
|
||||
allowing configurations in which a given user is only allowed to
|
||||
log in to the broker using specific listeners (eg to configure an
|
||||
admin user with full access to all topics, but restricted to
|
||||
localhost).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Almost all options of Mosquitto are available for configuration at
|
||||
their appropriate levels, some as NixOS options written in camel
|
||||
case, the remainders under <literal>settings</literal> with their
|
||||
exact names in the Mosquitto config file. The exceptions are
|
||||
<literal>acl_file</literal> (which is always set according to the
|
||||
<literal>acl</literal> attributes of a listener and its users) and
|
||||
<literal>per_listener_settings</literal> (which is always set to
|
||||
<literal>true</literal>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mosquitto-config-passwords">
|
||||
<title>Password authentication</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Mosquitto can be run in two modes, with a password file or
|
||||
without. Each listener has its own password file, and different
|
||||
listeners may use different password files. Password file
|
||||
generation can be disabled by setting
|
||||
<literal>omitPasswordAuth = true</literal> for a listener; in
|
||||
this case it is necessary to either set
|
||||
<literal>settings.allow_anonymous = true</literal> to allow all
|
||||
logins, or to configure other authentication methods like TLS
|
||||
client certificates with
|
||||
<literal>settings.use_identity_as_username = true</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The default is to generate a password file for each listener
|
||||
from the users configured to that listener. Users with no
|
||||
configured password will not be added to the password file and
|
||||
thus will not be able to use the broker.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-mosquitto-config-acl">
|
||||
<title>ACL format</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Every listener has a Mosquitto <literal>acl_file</literal>
|
||||
attached to it. This ACL is configured via two attributes of the
|
||||
config:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
the <literal>acl</literal> attribute of the listener
|
||||
configures pattern ACL entries and topic ACL entries for
|
||||
anonymous users. Each entry must be prefixed with
|
||||
<literal>pattern</literal> or <literal>topic</literal> to
|
||||
distinguish between these two cases.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
the <literal>acl</literal> attribute of every user
|
||||
configures in the listener configured the ACL for that given
|
||||
user. Only topic ACLs are supported by Mosquitto in this
|
||||
setting, so no prefix is required or allowed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The default ACL for a listener is empty, disallowing all
|
||||
accesses from all clients. To configure a completely open ACL,
|
||||
set <literal>acl = [ "pattern readwrite #" ]</literal>
|
||||
in the listener.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -147,5 +147,5 @@ in {
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ ninjatrappeur ];
|
||||
meta.doc = ./pleroma.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./pleroma.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-pleroma">
|
||||
<title>Pleroma</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://pleroma.social/">Pleroma</link> is a
|
||||
lightweight activity pub server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-pleroma-generate-config">
|
||||
<title>Generating the Pleroma config</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <literal>pleroma_ctl</literal> CLI utility will prompt you
|
||||
some questions and it will generate an initial config file. This
|
||||
is an example of usage
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ mkdir tmp-pleroma
|
||||
$ cd tmp-pleroma
|
||||
$ nix-shell -p pleroma-otp
|
||||
$ pleroma_ctl instance gen --output config.exs --output-psql setup.psql
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <literal>config.exs</literal> file can be further customized
|
||||
following the instructions on the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://docs-develop.pleroma.social/backend/configuration/cheatsheet/">upstream
|
||||
documentation</link>. Many refinements can be applied also after
|
||||
the service is running.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-pleroma-initialize-db">
|
||||
<title>Initializing the database</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
First, the Postgresql service must be enabled in the NixOS
|
||||
configuration
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.postgresql = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
package = pkgs.postgresql_13;
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
and activated with the usual
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ nixos-rebuild switch
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Then you can create and seed the database, using the
|
||||
<literal>setup.psql</literal> file that you generated in the
|
||||
previous section, by running
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ sudo -u postgres psql -f setup.psql
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-pleroma-enable">
|
||||
<title>Enabling the Pleroma service locally</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In this section we will enable the Pleroma service only locally,
|
||||
so its configurations can be improved incrementally.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This is an example of configuration, where
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.pleroma.configs" /> option contains
|
||||
the content of the file <literal>config.exs</literal>, generated
|
||||
<link linkend="module-services-pleroma-generate-config">in the
|
||||
first section</link>, but with the secrets (database password,
|
||||
endpoint secret key, salts, etc.) removed. Removing secrets is
|
||||
important, because otherwise they will be stored publicly in the
|
||||
Nix store.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.pleroma = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
secretConfigFile = "/var/lib/pleroma/secrets.exs";
|
||||
configs = [
|
||||
''
|
||||
import Config
|
||||
|
||||
config :pleroma, Pleroma.Web.Endpoint,
|
||||
url: [host: "pleroma.example.net", scheme: "https", port: 443],
|
||||
http: [ip: {127, 0, 0, 1}, port: 4000]
|
||||
|
||||
config :pleroma, :instance,
|
||||
name: "Test",
|
||||
email: "admin@example.net",
|
||||
notify_email: "admin@example.net",
|
||||
limit: 5000,
|
||||
registrations_open: true
|
||||
|
||||
config :pleroma, :media_proxy,
|
||||
enabled: false,
|
||||
redirect_on_failure: true
|
||||
|
||||
config :pleroma, Pleroma.Repo,
|
||||
adapter: Ecto.Adapters.Postgres,
|
||||
username: "pleroma",
|
||||
database: "pleroma",
|
||||
hostname: "localhost"
|
||||
|
||||
# Configure web push notifications
|
||||
config :web_push_encryption, :vapid_details,
|
||||
subject: "mailto:admin@example.net"
|
||||
|
||||
# ... TO CONTINUE ...
|
||||
''
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Secrets must be moved into a file pointed by
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.pleroma.secretConfigFile" />, in our
|
||||
case <literal>/var/lib/pleroma/secrets.exs</literal>. This file
|
||||
can be created copying the previously generated
|
||||
<literal>config.exs</literal> file and then removing all the
|
||||
settings, except the secrets. This is an example
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# Pleroma instance passwords
|
||||
|
||||
import Config
|
||||
|
||||
config :pleroma, Pleroma.Web.Endpoint,
|
||||
secret_key_base: "<the secret generated by pleroma_ctl>",
|
||||
signing_salt: "<the secret generated by pleroma_ctl>"
|
||||
|
||||
config :pleroma, Pleroma.Repo,
|
||||
password: "<the secret generated by pleroma_ctl>"
|
||||
|
||||
# Configure web push notifications
|
||||
config :web_push_encryption, :vapid_details,
|
||||
public_key: "<the secret generated by pleroma_ctl>",
|
||||
private_key: "<the secret generated by pleroma_ctl>"
|
||||
|
||||
# ... TO CONTINUE ...
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that the lines of the same configuration group are comma
|
||||
separated (i.e. all the lines end with a comma, except the last
|
||||
one), so when the lines with passwords are added or removed,
|
||||
commas must be adjusted accordingly.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The service can be enabled with the usual
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ nixos-rebuild switch
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The service is accessible only from the local
|
||||
<literal>127.0.0.1:4000</literal> port. It can be tested using a
|
||||
port forwarding like this
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ ssh -L 4000:localhost:4000 myuser@example.net
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
and then accessing
|
||||
<link xlink:href="http://localhost:4000">http://localhost:4000</link>
|
||||
from a web browser.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-pleroma-admin-user">
|
||||
<title>Creating the admin user</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After Pleroma service is running, all
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://docs-develop.pleroma.social/">Pleroma
|
||||
administration utilities</link> can be used. In particular an
|
||||
admin user can be created with
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ pleroma_ctl user new <nickname> <email> --admin --moderator --password <password>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-pleroma-nginx">
|
||||
<title>Configuring Nginx</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In this configuration, Pleroma is listening only on the local port
|
||||
4000. Nginx can be configured as a Reverse Proxy, for forwarding
|
||||
requests from public ports to the Pleroma service. This is an
|
||||
example of configuration, using
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://letsencrypt.org/">Let’s Encrypt</link>
|
||||
for the TLS certificates
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
security.acme = {
|
||||
email = "root@example.net";
|
||||
acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
addSSL = true;
|
||||
|
||||
recommendedTlsSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedOptimisation = true;
|
||||
recommendedGzipSettings = true;
|
||||
|
||||
recommendedProxySettings = false;
|
||||
# NOTE: if enabled, the NixOS proxy optimizations will override the Pleroma
|
||||
# specific settings, and they will enter in conflict.
|
||||
|
||||
virtualHosts = {
|
||||
"pleroma.example.net" = {
|
||||
http2 = true;
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
|
||||
locations."/" = {
|
||||
proxyPass = "http://127.0.0.1:4000";
|
||||
|
||||
extraConfig = ''
|
||||
etag on;
|
||||
gzip on;
|
||||
|
||||
add_header 'Access-Control-Allow-Origin' '*' always;
|
||||
add_header 'Access-Control-Allow-Methods' 'POST, PUT, DELETE, GET, PATCH, OPTIONS' always;
|
||||
add_header 'Access-Control-Allow-Headers' 'Authorization, Content-Type, Idempotency-Key' always;
|
||||
add_header 'Access-Control-Expose-Headers' 'Link, X-RateLimit-Reset, X-RateLimit-Limit, X-RateLimit-Remaining, X-Request-Id' always;
|
||||
if ($request_method = OPTIONS) {
|
||||
return 204;
|
||||
}
|
||||
add_header X-XSS-Protection "1; mode=block";
|
||||
add_header X-Permitted-Cross-Domain-Policies none;
|
||||
add_header X-Frame-Options DENY;
|
||||
add_header X-Content-Type-Options nosniff;
|
||||
add_header Referrer-Policy same-origin;
|
||||
add_header X-Download-Options noopen;
|
||||
proxy_http_version 1.1;
|
||||
proxy_set_header Upgrade $http_upgrade;
|
||||
proxy_set_header Connection "upgrade";
|
||||
proxy_set_header Host $host;
|
||||
|
||||
client_max_body_size 16m;
|
||||
# NOTE: increase if users need to upload very big files
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -905,5 +905,5 @@ in
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./prosody.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./prosody.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-prosody">
|
||||
<title>Prosody</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://prosody.im/">Prosody</link> is an
|
||||
open-source, modern XMPP server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-prosody-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A common struggle for most XMPP newcomers is to find the right set
|
||||
of XMPP Extensions (XEPs) to setup. Forget to activate a few of
|
||||
those and your XMPP experience might turn into a nightmare!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The XMPP community tackles this problem by creating a meta-XEP
|
||||
listing a decent set of XEPs you should implement. This meta-XEP
|
||||
is issued every year, the 2020 edition being
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://xmpp.org/extensions/xep-0423.html">XEP-0423</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The NixOS Prosody module will implement most of these recommendend
|
||||
XEPs out of the box. That being said, two components still require
|
||||
some manual configuration: the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://xmpp.org/extensions/xep-0045.html">Multi
|
||||
User Chat (MUC)</link> and the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://xmpp.org/extensions/xep-0363.html">HTTP
|
||||
File Upload</link> ones. You’ll need to create a DNS subdomain for
|
||||
each of those. The current convention is to name your MUC endpoint
|
||||
<literal>conference.example.org</literal> and your HTTP upload
|
||||
domain <literal>upload.example.org</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A good configuration to start with, including a
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://xmpp.org/extensions/xep-0045.html">Multi
|
||||
User Chat (MUC)</link> endpoint as well as a
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://xmpp.org/extensions/xep-0363.html">HTTP
|
||||
File Upload</link> endpoint will look like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.prosody = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
admins = [ "root@example.org" ];
|
||||
ssl.cert = "/var/lib/acme/example.org/fullchain.pem";
|
||||
ssl.key = "/var/lib/acme/example.org/key.pem";
|
||||
virtualHosts."example.org" = {
|
||||
enabled = true;
|
||||
domain = "example.org";
|
||||
ssl.cert = "/var/lib/acme/example.org/fullchain.pem";
|
||||
ssl.key = "/var/lib/acme/example.org/key.pem";
|
||||
};
|
||||
muc = [ {
|
||||
domain = "conference.example.org";
|
||||
} ];
|
||||
uploadHttp = {
|
||||
domain = "upload.example.org";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-prosody-letsencrypt">
|
||||
<title>Let’s Encrypt Configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
As you can see in the code snippet from the
|
||||
<link linkend="module-services-prosody-basic-usage">previous
|
||||
section</link>, you’ll need a single TLS certificate covering your
|
||||
main endpoint, the MUC one as well as the HTTP Upload one. We can
|
||||
generate such a certificate by leveraging the ACME
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-security.acme.certs._name_.extraDomainNames">extraDomainNames</link>
|
||||
module option.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Provided the setup detailed in the previous section, you’ll need
|
||||
the following acme configuration to generate a TLS certificate for
|
||||
the three endponits:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
security.acme = {
|
||||
email = "root@example.org";
|
||||
acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
certs = {
|
||||
"example.org" = {
|
||||
webroot = "/var/www/example.org";
|
||||
email = "root@example.org";
|
||||
extraDomainNames = [ "conference.example.org" "upload.example.org" ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ in {
|
||||
environment.systemPackages = [ cfg.package ];
|
||||
});
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./yggdrasil.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./yggdrasil.md;
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ gazally ehmry ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-networking-yggdrasil">
|
||||
<title>Yggdrasil</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Source:</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>modules/services/networking/yggdrasil/default.nix</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis>Upstream documentation:</emphasis>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://yggdrasil-network.github.io/">https://yggdrasil-network.github.io/</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Yggdrasil is an early-stage implementation of a fully end-to-end
|
||||
encrypted, self-arranging IPv6 network.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-networking-yggdrasil-configuration">
|
||||
<title>Configuration</title>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-networking-yggdrasil-configuration-simple">
|
||||
<title>Simple ephemeral node</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An annotated example of a simple configuration:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.yggdrasil = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
persistentKeys = false;
|
||||
# The NixOS module will generate new keys and a new IPv6 address each time
|
||||
# it is started if persistentKeys is not enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
Peers = [
|
||||
# Yggdrasil will automatically connect and "peer" with other nodes it
|
||||
# discovers via link-local multicast announcements. Unless this is the
|
||||
# case (it probably isn't) a node needs peers within the existing
|
||||
# network that it can tunnel to.
|
||||
"tcp://1.2.3.4:1024"
|
||||
"tcp://1.2.3.5:1024"
|
||||
# Public peers can be found at
|
||||
# https://github.com/yggdrasil-network/public-peers
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-networking-yggdrasil-configuration-prefix">
|
||||
<title>Persistent node with prefix</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A node with a fixed address that announces a prefix:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
let
|
||||
address = "210:5217:69c0:9afc:1b95:b9f:8718:c3d2";
|
||||
prefix = "310:5217:69c0:9afc";
|
||||
# taken from the output of "yggdrasilctl getself".
|
||||
in {
|
||||
|
||||
services.yggdrasil = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
persistentKeys = true; # Maintain a fixed public key and IPv6 address.
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
Peers = [ "tcp://1.2.3.4:1024" "tcp://1.2.3.5:1024" ];
|
||||
NodeInfo = {
|
||||
# This information is visible to the network.
|
||||
name = config.networking.hostName;
|
||||
location = "The North Pole";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
boot.kernel.sysctl."net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding" = 1;
|
||||
# Forward traffic under the prefix.
|
||||
|
||||
networking.interfaces.${eth0}.ipv6.addresses = [{
|
||||
# Set a 300::/8 address on the local physical device.
|
||||
address = prefix + "::1";
|
||||
prefixLength = 64;
|
||||
}];
|
||||
|
||||
services.radvd = {
|
||||
# Announce the 300::/8 prefix to eth0.
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
config = ''
|
||||
interface eth0
|
||||
{
|
||||
AdvSendAdvert on;
|
||||
prefix ${prefix}::/64 {
|
||||
AdvOnLink on;
|
||||
AdvAutonomous on;
|
||||
};
|
||||
route 200::/8 {};
|
||||
};
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-networking-yggdrasil-configuration-container">
|
||||
<title>Yggdrasil attached Container</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A NixOS container attached to the Yggdrasil network via a node
|
||||
running on the host:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
let
|
||||
yggPrefix64 = "310:5217:69c0:9afc";
|
||||
# Again, taken from the output of "yggdrasilctl getself".
|
||||
in
|
||||
{
|
||||
boot.kernel.sysctl."net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding" = 1;
|
||||
# Enable IPv6 forwarding.
|
||||
|
||||
networking = {
|
||||
bridges.br0.interfaces = [ ];
|
||||
# A bridge only to containers…
|
||||
|
||||
interfaces.br0 = {
|
||||
# … configured with a prefix address.
|
||||
ipv6.addresses = [{
|
||||
address = "${yggPrefix64}::1";
|
||||
prefixLength = 64;
|
||||
}];
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
containers.foo = {
|
||||
autoStart = true;
|
||||
privateNetwork = true;
|
||||
hostBridge = "br0";
|
||||
# Attach the container to the bridge only.
|
||||
config = { config, pkgs, ... }: {
|
||||
networking.interfaces.eth0.ipv6 = {
|
||||
addresses = [{
|
||||
# Configure a prefix address.
|
||||
address = "${yggPrefix64}::2";
|
||||
prefixLength = 64;
|
||||
}];
|
||||
routes = [{
|
||||
# Configure the prefix route.
|
||||
address = "200::";
|
||||
prefixLength = 7;
|
||||
via = "${yggPrefix64}::1";
|
||||
}];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services.httpd.enable = true;
|
||||
networking.firewall.allowedTCPPorts = [ 80 ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ in
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ Br1ght0ne happysalada ];
|
||||
meta.doc = ./meilisearch.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./meilisearch.md;
|
||||
|
||||
###### interface
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-meilisearch">
|
||||
<title>Meilisearch</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Meilisearch is a lightweight, fast and powerful search engine. Think
|
||||
elastic search with a much smaller footprint.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-meilisearch-quickstart">
|
||||
<title>Quickstart</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
the minimum to start meilisearch is
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.meilisearch.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
this will start the http server included with meilisearch on port
|
||||
7700.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
test with
|
||||
<literal>curl -X GET 'http://localhost:7700/health'</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-meilisearch-usage">
|
||||
<title>Usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
you first need to add documents to an index before you can search
|
||||
for documents.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-meilisearch-quickstart-add">
|
||||
<title>Add a documents to the <literal>movies</literal>
|
||||
index</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>curl -X POST 'http://127.0.0.1:7700/indexes/movies/documents' --data '[{"id": "123", "title": "Superman"}, {"id": 234, "title": "Batman"}]'</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-meilisearch-quickstart-search">
|
||||
<title>Search documents in the <literal>movies</literal>
|
||||
index</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>curl 'http://127.0.0.1:7700/indexes/movies/search' --data '{ "q": "botman" }'</literal>
|
||||
(note the typo is intentional and there to demonstrate the typo
|
||||
tolerant capabilities)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-meilisearch-defaults">
|
||||
<title>Defaults</title>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The default nixos package doesn’t come with the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://docs.meilisearch.com/learn/getting_started/quick_start.html#search">dashboard</link>,
|
||||
since the dashboard features makes some assets downloads at
|
||||
compile time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Anonimized Analytics sent to meilisearch are disabled by
|
||||
default.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Default deployment is development mode. It doesn’t require a
|
||||
secret master key. All routes are not protected and
|
||||
accessible.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-meilisearch-missing">
|
||||
<title>Missing</title>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
the snapshot feature is not yet configurable from the module,
|
||||
it’s just a matter of adding the relevant environment
|
||||
variables.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -1082,5 +1082,5 @@ in {
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ mvs ];
|
||||
meta.doc = ./akkoma.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./akkoma.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,398 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-akkoma">
|
||||
<title>Akkoma</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://akkoma.dev/">Akkoma</link> is a
|
||||
lightweight ActivityPub microblogging server forked from Pleroma.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-service-configuration">
|
||||
<title>Service configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The Elixir configuration file required by Akkoma is generated
|
||||
automatically from
|
||||
<link xlink:href="options.html#opt-services.akkoma.config"><option>services.akkoma.config</option></link>.
|
||||
Secrets must be included from external files outside of the Nix
|
||||
store by setting the configuration option to an attribute set
|
||||
containing the attribute <option>_secret</option> – a string
|
||||
pointing to the file containing the actual value of the option.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For the mandatory configuration settings these secrets will be
|
||||
generated automatically if the referenced file does not exist
|
||||
during startup, unless disabled through
|
||||
<link xlink:href="options.html#opt-services.akkoma.initSecrets"><option>services.akkoma.initSecrets</option></link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following configuration binds Akkoma to the Unix socket
|
||||
<literal>/run/akkoma/socket</literal>, expecting to be run behind
|
||||
a HTTP proxy on <literal>fediverse.example.com</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.akkoma.enable = true;
|
||||
services.akkoma.config = {
|
||||
":pleroma" = {
|
||||
":instance" = {
|
||||
name = "My Akkoma instance";
|
||||
description = "More detailed description";
|
||||
email = "admin@example.com";
|
||||
registration_open = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
"Pleroma.Web.Endpoint" = {
|
||||
url.host = "fediverse.example.com";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Please refer to the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://docs.akkoma.dev/stable/configuration/cheatsheet/">configuration
|
||||
cheat sheet</link> for additional configuration options.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-user-management">
|
||||
<title>User management</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After the Akkoma service is running, the administration utility
|
||||
can be used to
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://docs.akkoma.dev/stable/administration/CLI_tasks/user/">manage
|
||||
users</link>. In particular an administrative user can be created
|
||||
with
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ pleroma_ctl user new <nickname> <email> --admin --moderator --password <password>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-proxy-configuration">
|
||||
<title>Proxy configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Although it is possible to expose Akkoma directly, it is common
|
||||
practice to operate it behind an HTTP reverse proxy such as nginx.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.akkoma.nginx = {
|
||||
enableACME = true;
|
||||
forceSSL = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services.nginx = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
|
||||
clientMaxBodySize = "16m";
|
||||
recommendedTlsSettings = true;
|
||||
recommendedOptimisation = true;
|
||||
recommendedGzipSettings = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Please refer to <xref linkend="module-security-acme" /> for
|
||||
details on how to provision an SSL/TLS certificate.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-media-proxy">
|
||||
<title>Media proxy</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Without the media proxy function, Akkoma does not store any
|
||||
remote media like pictures or video locally, and clients have to
|
||||
fetch them directly from the source server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
# Enable nginx slice module distributed with Tengine
|
||||
services.nginx.package = pkgs.tengine;
|
||||
|
||||
# Enable media proxy
|
||||
services.akkoma.config.":pleroma".":media_proxy" = {
|
||||
enabled = true;
|
||||
proxy_opts.redirect_on_failure = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# Adjust the persistent cache size as needed:
|
||||
# Assuming an average object size of 128 KiB, around 1 MiB
|
||||
# of memory is required for the key zone per GiB of cache.
|
||||
# Ensure that the cache directory exists and is writable by nginx.
|
||||
services.nginx.commonHttpConfig = ''
|
||||
proxy_cache_path /var/cache/nginx/cache/akkoma-media-cache
|
||||
levels= keys_zone=akkoma_media_cache:16m max_size=16g
|
||||
inactive=1y use_temp_path=off;
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
||||
services.akkoma.nginx = {
|
||||
locations."/proxy" = {
|
||||
proxyPass = "http://unix:/run/akkoma/socket";
|
||||
|
||||
extraConfig = ''
|
||||
proxy_cache akkoma_media_cache;
|
||||
|
||||
# Cache objects in slices of 1 MiB
|
||||
slice 1m;
|
||||
proxy_cache_key $host$uri$is_args$args$slice_range;
|
||||
proxy_set_header Range $slice_range;
|
||||
|
||||
# Decouple proxy and upstream responses
|
||||
proxy_buffering on;
|
||||
proxy_cache_lock on;
|
||||
proxy_ignore_client_abort on;
|
||||
|
||||
# Default cache times for various responses
|
||||
proxy_cache_valid 200 1y;
|
||||
proxy_cache_valid 206 301 304 1h;
|
||||
|
||||
# Allow serving of stale items
|
||||
proxy_cache_use_stale error timeout invalid_header updating;
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-prefetch-remote-media">
|
||||
<title>Prefetch remote media</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following example enables the
|
||||
<literal>MediaProxyWarmingPolicy</literal> MRF policy which
|
||||
automatically fetches all media associated with a post through
|
||||
the media proxy, as soon as the post is received by the
|
||||
instance.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.akkoma.config.":pleroma".":mrf".policies =
|
||||
map (pkgs.formats.elixirConf { }).lib.mkRaw [
|
||||
"Pleroma.Web.ActivityPub.MRF.MediaProxyWarmingPolicy"
|
||||
];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-media-previews">
|
||||
<title>Media previews</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Akkoma can generate previews for media.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.akkoma.config.":pleroma".":media_preview_proxy" = {
|
||||
enabled = true;
|
||||
thumbnail_max_width = 1920;
|
||||
thumbnail_max_height = 1080;
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-frontend-management">
|
||||
<title>Frontend management</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Akkoma will be deployed with the <literal>pleroma-fe</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>admin-fe</literal> frontends by default. These can be
|
||||
modified by setting
|
||||
<link xlink:href="options.html#opt-services.akkoma.frontends"><option>services.akkoma.frontends</option></link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following example overrides the primary frontend’s default
|
||||
configuration using a custom derivation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.akkoma.frontends.primary.package = pkgs.runCommand "pleroma-fe" {
|
||||
config = builtins.toJSON {
|
||||
expertLevel = 1;
|
||||
collapseMessageWithSubject = false;
|
||||
stopGifs = false;
|
||||
replyVisibility = "following";
|
||||
webPushHideIfCW = true;
|
||||
hideScopeNotice = true;
|
||||
renderMisskeyMarkdown = false;
|
||||
hideSiteFavicon = true;
|
||||
postContentType = "text/markdown";
|
||||
showNavShortcuts = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
nativeBuildInputs = with pkgs; [ jq xorg.lndir ];
|
||||
passAsFile = [ "config" ];
|
||||
} ''
|
||||
mkdir $out
|
||||
lndir ${pkgs.akkoma-frontends.pleroma-fe} $out
|
||||
|
||||
rm $out/static/config.json
|
||||
jq -s add ${pkgs.akkoma-frontends.pleroma-fe}/static/config.json ${config} \
|
||||
>$out/static/config.json
|
||||
'';
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-federation-policies">
|
||||
<title>Federation policies</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Akkoma comes with a number of modules to police federation with
|
||||
other ActivityPub instances. The most valuable for typical users
|
||||
is the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://docs.akkoma.dev/stable/configuration/cheatsheet/#mrf_simple"><literal>:mrf_simple</literal></link>
|
||||
module which allows limiting federation based on instance
|
||||
hostnames.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This configuration snippet provides an example on how these can be
|
||||
used. Choosing an adequate federation policy is not trivial and
|
||||
entails finding a balance between connectivity to the rest of the
|
||||
fediverse and providing a pleasant experience to the users of an
|
||||
instance.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.akkoma.config.":pleroma" = with (pkgs.formats.elixirConf { }).lib; {
|
||||
":mrf".policies = map mkRaw [
|
||||
"Pleroma.Web.ActivityPub.MRF.SimplePolicy"
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
":mrf_simple" = {
|
||||
# Tag all media as sensitive
|
||||
media_nsfw = mkMap {
|
||||
"nsfw.weird.kinky" = "Untagged NSFW content";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# Reject all activities except deletes
|
||||
reject = mkMap {
|
||||
"kiwifarms.cc" = "Persistent harassment of users, no moderation";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# Force posts to be visible by followers only
|
||||
followers_only = mkMap {
|
||||
"beta.birdsite.live" = "Avoid polluting timelines with Twitter posts";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-upload-filters">
|
||||
<title>Upload filters</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This example strips GPS and location metadata from uploads,
|
||||
deduplicates them and anonymises the the file name.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.akkoma.config.":pleroma"."Pleroma.Upload".filters =
|
||||
map (pkgs.formats.elixirConf { }).lib.mkRaw [
|
||||
"Pleroma.Upload.Filter.Exiftool"
|
||||
"Pleroma.Upload.Filter.Dedupe"
|
||||
"Pleroma.Upload.Filter.AnonymizeFilename"
|
||||
];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-migration-pleroma">
|
||||
<title>Migration from Pleroma</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Pleroma instances can be migrated to Akkoma either by copying the
|
||||
database and upload data or by pointing Akkoma to the existing
|
||||
data. The necessary database migrations are run automatically
|
||||
during startup of the service.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The configuration has to be copy‐edited manually.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Depending on the size of the database, the initial migration may
|
||||
take a long time and exceed the startup timeout of the system
|
||||
manager. To work around this issue one may adjust the startup
|
||||
timeout
|
||||
<option>systemd.services.akkoma.serviceConfig.TimeoutStartSec</option>
|
||||
or simply run the migrations manually:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
pleroma_ctl migrate
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-migration-pleroma-copy">
|
||||
<title>Copying data</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Copying the Pleroma data instead of re‐using it in place may
|
||||
permit easier reversion to Pleroma, but allows the two data sets
|
||||
to diverge.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
First disable Pleroma and then copy its database and upload
|
||||
data:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# Create a copy of the database
|
||||
nix-shell -p postgresql --run 'createdb -T pleroma akkoma'
|
||||
|
||||
# Copy upload data
|
||||
mkdir /var/lib/akkoma
|
||||
cp -R --reflink=auto /var/lib/pleroma/uploads /var/lib/akkoma/
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After the data has been copied, enable the Akkoma service and
|
||||
verify that the migration has been successful. If no longer
|
||||
required, the original data may then be deleted:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# Delete original database
|
||||
nix-shell -p postgresql --run 'dropdb pleroma'
|
||||
|
||||
# Delete original Pleroma state
|
||||
rm -r /var/lib/pleroma
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-migration-pleroma-reuse">
|
||||
<title>Re‐using data</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To re‐use the Pleroma data in place, disable Pleroma and enable
|
||||
Akkoma, pointing it to the Pleroma database and upload
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
# Adjust these settings according to the database name and upload directory path used by Pleroma
|
||||
services.akkoma.config.":pleroma"."Pleroma.Repo".database = "pleroma";
|
||||
services.akkoma.config.":pleroma".":instance".upload_dir = "/var/lib/pleroma/uploads";
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Please keep in mind that after the Akkoma service has been
|
||||
started, any migrations applied by Akkoma have to be rolled back
|
||||
before the database can be used again with Pleroma. This can be
|
||||
achieved through <literal>pleroma_ctl ecto.rollback</literal>.
|
||||
Refer to the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://hexdocs.pm/ecto_sql/Mix.Tasks.Ecto.Rollback.html">Ecto
|
||||
SQL documentation</link> for details.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-advanced-deployment">
|
||||
<title>Advanced deployment options</title>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-confinement">
|
||||
<title>Confinement</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The Akkoma systemd service may be confined to a chroot with
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.systemd.akkoma.confinement.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Confinement of services is not generally supported in NixOS and
|
||||
therefore disabled by default. Depending on the Akkoma
|
||||
configuration, the default confinement settings may be
|
||||
insufficient and lead to subtle errors at run time, requiring
|
||||
adjustment:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Use
|
||||
<link xlink:href="options.html#opt-systemd.services._name_.confinement.packages"><option>services.systemd.akkoma.confinement.packages</option></link>
|
||||
to make packages available in the chroot.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<option>services.systemd.akkoma.serviceConfig.BindPaths</option>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<option>services.systemd.akkoma.serviceConfig.BindReadOnlyPaths</option>
|
||||
permit access to outside paths through bind mounts. Refer to
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.exec.html#BindPaths="><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></link>
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="modules-services-akkoma-distributed-deployment">
|
||||
<title>Distributed deployment</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Being an Elixir application, Akkoma can be deployed in a
|
||||
distributed fashion.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This requires setting
|
||||
<link xlink:href="options.html#opt-services.akkoma.dist.address"><option>services.akkoma.dist.address</option></link>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<link xlink:href="options.html#opt-services.akkoma.dist.cookie"><option>services.akkoma.dist.cookie</option></link>.
|
||||
The specifics depend strongly on the deployment environment. For
|
||||
more information please check the relevant
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.erlang.org/doc/reference_manual/distributed.html">Erlang
|
||||
documentation</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -1080,6 +1080,6 @@ in
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./discourse.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./discourse.md;
|
||||
meta.maintainers = [ lib.maintainers.talyz ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-discourse">
|
||||
<title>Discourse</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.discourse.org/">Discourse</link> is a
|
||||
modern and open source discussion platform.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A minimal configuration using Let’s Encrypt for TLS certificates
|
||||
looks like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.discourse = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostname = "discourse.example.com";
|
||||
admin = {
|
||||
email = "admin@example.com";
|
||||
username = "admin";
|
||||
fullName = "Administrator";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/path/to/password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
secretKeyBaseFile = "/path/to/secret_key_base_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
security.acme.email = "me@example.com";
|
||||
security.acme.acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Provided a proper DNS setup, you’ll be able to connect to the
|
||||
instance at <literal>discourse.example.com</literal> and log in
|
||||
using the credentials provided in
|
||||
<literal>services.discourse.admin</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-tls">
|
||||
<title>Using a regular TLS certificate</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To set up TLS using a regular certificate and key on file, use the
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.sslCertificate" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.sslCertificateKey" />
|
||||
options:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.discourse = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostname = "discourse.example.com";
|
||||
sslCertificate = "/path/to/ssl_certificate";
|
||||
sslCertificateKey = "/path/to/ssl_certificate_key";
|
||||
admin = {
|
||||
email = "admin@example.com";
|
||||
username = "admin";
|
||||
fullName = "Administrator";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/path/to/password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
secretKeyBaseFile = "/path/to/secret_key_base_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-database">
|
||||
<title>Database access</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Discourse uses PostgreSQL to store most of its data. A database
|
||||
will automatically be enabled and a database and role created
|
||||
unless <xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.database.host" /> is
|
||||
changed from its default of <literal>null</literal> or
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.database.createLocally" />
|
||||
is set to <literal>false</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
External database access can also be configured by setting
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.database.host" />,
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.database.username" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.database.passwordFile" /> as
|
||||
appropriate. Note that you need to manually create a database
|
||||
called <literal>discourse</literal> (or the name you chose in
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.database.name" />) and allow
|
||||
the configured database user full access to it.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-mail">
|
||||
<title>Email</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In addition to the basic setup, you’ll want to configure an SMTP
|
||||
server Discourse can use to send user registration and password
|
||||
reset emails, among others. You can also optionally let Discourse
|
||||
receive email, which enables people to reply to threads and
|
||||
conversations via email.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A basic setup which assumes you want to use your configured
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.discourse.hostname">hostname</link> as
|
||||
email domain can be done like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.discourse = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostname = "discourse.example.com";
|
||||
sslCertificate = "/path/to/ssl_certificate";
|
||||
sslCertificateKey = "/path/to/ssl_certificate_key";
|
||||
admin = {
|
||||
email = "admin@example.com";
|
||||
username = "admin";
|
||||
fullName = "Administrator";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/path/to/password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
mail.outgoing = {
|
||||
serverAddress = "smtp.emailprovider.com";
|
||||
port = 587;
|
||||
username = "user@emailprovider.com";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/path/to/smtp_password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
mail.incoming.enable = true;
|
||||
secretKeyBaseFile = "/path/to/secret_key_base_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This assumes you have set up an MX record for the address you’ve
|
||||
set in
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.discourse.hostname">hostname</link>
|
||||
and requires proper SPF, DKIM and DMARC configuration to be done
|
||||
for the domain you’re sending from, in order for email to be
|
||||
reliably delivered.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you want to use a different domain for your outgoing email (for
|
||||
example <literal>example.com</literal> instead of
|
||||
<literal>discourse.example.com</literal>) you should set
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.mail.notificationEmailAddress" />
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.mail.contactEmailAddress" />
|
||||
manually.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Setup of TLS for incoming email is currently only configured
|
||||
automatically when a regular TLS certificate is used, i.e. when
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.sslCertificate" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.sslCertificateKey" /> are
|
||||
set.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-settings">
|
||||
<title>Additional settings</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Additional site settings and backend settings, for which no
|
||||
explicit NixOS options are provided, can be set in
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.siteSettings" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.backendSettings" />
|
||||
respectively.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-site-settings">
|
||||
<title>Site settings</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<quote>Site settings</quote> are the settings that can be
|
||||
changed through the Discourse UI. Their
|
||||
<emphasis>default</emphasis> values can be set using
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.siteSettings" />.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Settings are expressed as a Nix attribute set which matches the
|
||||
structure of the configuration in
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/discourse/discourse/blob/master/config/site_settings.yml">config/site_settings.yml</link>.
|
||||
To find a setting’s path, you only need to care about the first
|
||||
two levels; i.e. its category (e.g. <literal>login</literal>)
|
||||
and name (e.g. <literal>invite_only</literal>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Settings containing secret data should be set to an attribute
|
||||
set containing the attribute <literal>_secret</literal> - a
|
||||
string pointing to a file containing the value the option should
|
||||
be set to. See the example.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-backend-settings">
|
||||
<title>Backend settings</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Settings are expressed as a Nix attribute set which matches the
|
||||
structure of the configuration in
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/discourse/discourse/blob/stable/config/discourse_defaults.conf">config/discourse.conf</link>.
|
||||
Empty parameters can be defined by setting them to
|
||||
<literal>null</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-settings-example">
|
||||
<title>Example</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following example sets the title and description of the
|
||||
Discourse instance and enables GitHub login in the site
|
||||
settings, and changes a few request limits in the backend
|
||||
settings:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.discourse = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostname = "discourse.example.com";
|
||||
sslCertificate = "/path/to/ssl_certificate";
|
||||
sslCertificateKey = "/path/to/ssl_certificate_key";
|
||||
admin = {
|
||||
email = "admin@example.com";
|
||||
username = "admin";
|
||||
fullName = "Administrator";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/path/to/password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
mail.outgoing = {
|
||||
serverAddress = "smtp.emailprovider.com";
|
||||
port = 587;
|
||||
username = "user@emailprovider.com";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/path/to/smtp_password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
mail.incoming.enable = true;
|
||||
siteSettings = {
|
||||
required = {
|
||||
title = "My Cats";
|
||||
site_description = "Discuss My Cats (and be nice plz)";
|
||||
};
|
||||
login = {
|
||||
enable_github_logins = true;
|
||||
github_client_id = "a2f6dfe838cb3206ce20";
|
||||
github_client_secret._secret = /run/keys/discourse_github_client_secret;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
backendSettings = {
|
||||
max_reqs_per_ip_per_minute = 300;
|
||||
max_reqs_per_ip_per_10_seconds = 60;
|
||||
max_asset_reqs_per_ip_per_10_seconds = 250;
|
||||
max_reqs_per_ip_mode = "warn+block";
|
||||
};
|
||||
secretKeyBaseFile = "/path/to/secret_key_base_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In the resulting site settings file, the
|
||||
<literal>login.github_client_secret</literal> key will be set to
|
||||
the contents of the
|
||||
<filename>/run/keys/discourse_github_client_secret</filename>
|
||||
file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-discourse-plugins">
|
||||
<title>Plugins</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can install Discourse plugins using the
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.plugins" /> option.
|
||||
Pre-packaged plugins are provided in
|
||||
<literal><your_discourse_package_here>.plugins</literal>. If
|
||||
you want the full suite of plugins provided through
|
||||
<literal>nixpkgs</literal>, you can also set the
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.package" /> option to
|
||||
<literal>pkgs.discourseAllPlugins</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Plugins can be built with the
|
||||
<literal><your_discourse_package_here>.mkDiscoursePlugin</literal>
|
||||
function. Normally, it should suffice to provide a
|
||||
<literal>name</literal> and <literal>src</literal> attribute. If
|
||||
the plugin has Ruby dependencies, however, they need to be
|
||||
packaged in accordance with the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://nixos.org/manual/nixpkgs/stable/#developing-with-ruby">Developing
|
||||
with Ruby</link> section of the Nixpkgs manual and the appropriate
|
||||
gem options set in <literal>bundlerEnvArgs</literal> (normally
|
||||
<literal>gemdir</literal> is sufficient). A plugin’s Ruby
|
||||
dependencies are listed in its <filename>plugin.rb</filename> file
|
||||
as function calls to <literal>gem</literal>. To construct the
|
||||
corresponding <filename>Gemfile</filename> manually, run
|
||||
<command>bundle init</command>, then add the
|
||||
<literal>gem</literal> lines to it verbatim.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Much of the packaging can be done automatically by the
|
||||
<filename>nixpkgs/pkgs/servers/web-apps/discourse/update.py</filename>
|
||||
script - just add the plugin to the <literal>plugins</literal>
|
||||
list in the <literal>update_plugins</literal> function and run the
|
||||
script:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="bash">
|
||||
./update.py update-plugins
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Some plugins provide
|
||||
<link linkend="module-services-discourse-site-settings">site
|
||||
settings</link>. Their defaults can be configured using
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.discourse.siteSettings" />, just like
|
||||
regular site settings. To find the names of these settings, look
|
||||
in the <literal>config/settings.yml</literal> file of the plugin
|
||||
repo.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For example, to add the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/discourse/discourse-spoiler-alert">discourse-spoiler-alert</link>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/discourse/discourse-solved">discourse-solved</link>
|
||||
plugins, and disable <literal>discourse-spoiler-alert</literal> by
|
||||
default:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.discourse = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostname = "discourse.example.com";
|
||||
sslCertificate = "/path/to/ssl_certificate";
|
||||
sslCertificateKey = "/path/to/ssl_certificate_key";
|
||||
admin = {
|
||||
email = "admin@example.com";
|
||||
username = "admin";
|
||||
fullName = "Administrator";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/path/to/password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
mail.outgoing = {
|
||||
serverAddress = "smtp.emailprovider.com";
|
||||
port = 587;
|
||||
username = "user@emailprovider.com";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/path/to/smtp_password_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
mail.incoming.enable = true;
|
||||
plugins = with config.services.discourse.package.plugins; [
|
||||
discourse-spoiler-alert
|
||||
discourse-solved
|
||||
];
|
||||
siteSettings = {
|
||||
plugins = {
|
||||
spoiler_enabled = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
secretKeyBaseFile = "/path/to/secret_key_base_file";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -167,6 +167,6 @@ in {
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = with maintainers; [ ma27 ];
|
||||
doc = ./grocy.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./grocy.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-grocy">
|
||||
<title>Grocy</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://grocy.info/">Grocy</link> is a web-based
|
||||
self-hosted groceries & household management solution for your
|
||||
home.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-grocy-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A very basic configuration may look like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ pkgs, ... }:
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.grocy = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostName = "grocy.tld";
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This configures a simple vhost using
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.nginx.enable">nginx</link> which
|
||||
listens to <literal>grocy.tld</literal> with fully configured
|
||||
ACME/LE (this can be disabled by setting
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.grocy.nginx.enableSSL">services.grocy.nginx.enableSSL</link>
|
||||
to <literal>false</literal>). After the initial setup the
|
||||
credentials <literal>admin:admin</literal> can be used to login.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The application’s state is persisted at
|
||||
<literal>/var/lib/grocy/grocy.db</literal> in a
|
||||
<literal>sqlite3</literal> database. The migration is applied when
|
||||
requesting the <literal>/</literal>-route of the application.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-grocy-settings">
|
||||
<title>Settings</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The configuration for <literal>grocy</literal> is located at
|
||||
<literal>/etc/grocy/config.php</literal>. By default, the
|
||||
following settings can be defined in the NixOS-configuration:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ pkgs, ... }:
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.grocy.settings = {
|
||||
# The default currency in the system for invoices etc.
|
||||
# Please note that exchange rates aren't taken into account, this
|
||||
# is just the setting for what's shown in the frontend.
|
||||
currency = "EUR";
|
||||
|
||||
# The display language (and locale configuration) for grocy.
|
||||
culture = "de";
|
||||
|
||||
calendar = {
|
||||
# Whether or not to show the week-numbers
|
||||
# in the calendar.
|
||||
showWeekNumber = true;
|
||||
|
||||
# Index of the first day to be shown in the calendar (0=Sunday, 1=Monday,
|
||||
# 2=Tuesday and so on).
|
||||
firstDayOfWeek = 2;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you want to alter the configuration file on your own, you can
|
||||
do this manually with an expression like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ lib, ... }:
|
||||
{
|
||||
environment.etc."grocy/config.php".text = lib.mkAfter ''
|
||||
// Arbitrary PHP code in grocy's configuration file
|
||||
'';
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -451,6 +451,6 @@ in
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./jitsi-meet.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./jitsi-meet.md;
|
||||
meta.maintainers = lib.teams.jitsi.members;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-jitsi-meet">
|
||||
<title>Jitsi Meet</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
With Jitsi Meet on NixOS you can quickly configure a complete,
|
||||
private, self-hosted video conferencing solution.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-jitsi-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A minimal configuration using Let’s Encrypt for TLS certificates
|
||||
looks like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.jitsi-meet = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostName = "jitsi.example.com";
|
||||
};
|
||||
services.jitsi-videobridge.openFirewall = true;
|
||||
networking.firewall.allowedTCPPorts = [ 80 443 ];
|
||||
security.acme.email = "me@example.com";
|
||||
security.acme.acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-jitsi-configuration">
|
||||
<title>Configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Here is the minimal configuration with additional configurations:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.jitsi-meet = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostName = "jitsi.example.com";
|
||||
config = {
|
||||
enableWelcomePage = false;
|
||||
prejoinPageEnabled = true;
|
||||
defaultLang = "fi";
|
||||
};
|
||||
interfaceConfig = {
|
||||
SHOW_JITSI_WATERMARK = false;
|
||||
SHOW_WATERMARK_FOR_GUESTS = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
services.jitsi-videobridge.openFirewall = true;
|
||||
networking.firewall.allowedTCPPorts = [ 80 443 ];
|
||||
security.acme.email = "me@example.com";
|
||||
security.acme.acceptTerms = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -674,6 +674,6 @@ in
|
||||
mkIf createLocalMySQL (mkDefault dbPkg);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./keycloak.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./keycloak.md;
|
||||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.talyz ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-keycloak">
|
||||
<title>Keycloak</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.keycloak.org/">Keycloak</link> is an
|
||||
open source identity and access management server with support for
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://openid.net/connect/">OpenID
|
||||
Connect</link>, <link xlink:href="https://oauth.net/2/">OAUTH
|
||||
2.0</link> and
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SAML_2.0">SAML
|
||||
2.0</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-keycloak-admin">
|
||||
<title>Administration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An administrative user with the username <literal>admin</literal>
|
||||
is automatically created in the <literal>master</literal> realm.
|
||||
Its initial password can be configured by setting
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.initialAdminPassword" /> and
|
||||
defaults to <literal>changeme</literal>. The password is not
|
||||
stored safely and should be changed immediately in the admin
|
||||
panel.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Refer to the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.keycloak.org/docs/latest/server_admin/index.html">Keycloak
|
||||
Server Administration Guide</link> for information on how to
|
||||
administer your Keycloak instance.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-keycloak-database">
|
||||
<title>Database access</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Keycloak can be used with either PostgreSQL, MariaDB or MySQL.
|
||||
Which one is used can be configured in
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.type" />. The
|
||||
selected database will automatically be enabled and a database and
|
||||
role created unless
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.host" /> is changed
|
||||
from its default of <literal>localhost</literal> or
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.createLocally" /> is
|
||||
set to <literal>false</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
External database access can also be configured by setting
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.host" />,
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.name" />,
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.username" />,
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.useSSL" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.caCert" /> as
|
||||
appropriate. Note that you need to manually create the database
|
||||
and allow the configured database user full access to it.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.passwordFile" />
|
||||
must be set to the path to a file containing the password used to
|
||||
log in to the database. If
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.host" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.database.createLocally" />
|
||||
are kept at their defaults, the database role
|
||||
<literal>keycloak</literal> with that password is provisioned on
|
||||
the local database instance.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The path should be provided as a string, not a Nix path, since
|
||||
Nix paths are copied into the world readable Nix store.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-keycloak-hostname">
|
||||
<title>Hostname</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The hostname is used to build the public URL used as base for all
|
||||
frontend requests and must be configured through
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.settings.hostname" />.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you’re migrating an old Wildfly based Keycloak instance and
|
||||
want to keep compatibility with your current clients, you’ll
|
||||
likely want to set
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.settings.http-relative-path" />
|
||||
to <literal>/auth</literal>. See the option description for more
|
||||
details.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.settings.hostname-strict-backchannel" />
|
||||
determines whether Keycloak should force all requests to go
|
||||
through the frontend URL. By default, Keycloak allows backend
|
||||
requests to instead use its local hostname or IP address and may
|
||||
also advertise it to clients through its OpenID Connect Discovery
|
||||
endpoint.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For more information on hostname configuration, see the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.keycloak.org/server/hostname">Hostname
|
||||
section of the Keycloak Server Installation and Configuration
|
||||
Guide</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-keycloak-tls">
|
||||
<title>Setting up TLS/SSL</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, Keycloak won’t accept unsecured HTTP connections
|
||||
originating from outside its local network.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
HTTPS support requires a TLS/SSL certificate and a private key,
|
||||
both
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Privacy-Enhanced_Mail">PEM
|
||||
formatted</link>. Their paths should be set through
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.sslCertificate" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.sslCertificateKey" />.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The paths should be provided as a strings, not a Nix paths,
|
||||
since Nix paths are copied into the world readable Nix store.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-keycloak-themes">
|
||||
<title>Themes</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can package custom themes and make them visible to Keycloak
|
||||
through <xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.themes" />. See the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.keycloak.org/docs/latest/server_development/#_themes">Themes
|
||||
section of the Keycloak Server Development Guide</link> and the
|
||||
description of the aforementioned NixOS option for more
|
||||
information.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-keycloak-settings">
|
||||
<title>Configuration file settings</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Keycloak server configuration parameters can be set in
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.settings" />. These
|
||||
correspond directly to options in
|
||||
<filename>conf/keycloak.conf</filename>. Some of the most
|
||||
important parameters are documented as suboptions, the rest can be
|
||||
found in the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.keycloak.org/server/all-config">All
|
||||
configuration section of the Keycloak Server Installation and
|
||||
Configuration Guide</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Options containing secret data should be set to an attribute set
|
||||
containing the attribute <literal>_secret</literal> - a string
|
||||
pointing to a file containing the value the option should be set
|
||||
to. See the description of
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.keycloak.settings" /> for an example.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-keycloak-example-config">
|
||||
<title>Example configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A basic configuration with some custom settings could look like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.keycloak = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
hostname = "keycloak.example.com";
|
||||
hostname-strict-backchannel = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
initialAdminPassword = "e6Wcm0RrtegMEHl"; # change on first login
|
||||
sslCertificate = "/run/keys/ssl_cert";
|
||||
sslCertificateKey = "/run/keys/ssl_key";
|
||||
database.passwordFile = "/run/keys/db_password";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ let
|
||||
in
|
||||
{
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ happysalada ];
|
||||
meta.doc = ./lemmy.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./lemmy.md;
|
||||
|
||||
imports = [
|
||||
(mkRemovedOptionModule [ "services" "lemmy" "jwtSecretPath" ] "As of v0.13.0, Lemmy auto-generates the JWT secret.")
|
||||
|
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-lemmy">
|
||||
<title>Lemmy</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Lemmy is a federated alternative to reddit in rust.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-lemmy-quickstart">
|
||||
<title>Quickstart</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
the minimum to start lemmy is
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.lemmy = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
settings = {
|
||||
hostname = "lemmy.union.rocks";
|
||||
database.createLocally = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
caddy.enable = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
this will start the backend on port 8536 and the frontend on port
|
||||
1234. It will expose your instance with a caddy reverse proxy to
|
||||
the hostname you’ve provided. Postgres will be initialized on that
|
||||
same instance automatically.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-lemmy-usage">
|
||||
<title>Usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
On first connection you will be asked to define an admin user.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-lemmy-missing">
|
||||
<title>Missing</title>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Exposing with nginx is not implemented yet.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This has been tested using a local database with a unix socket
|
||||
connection. Using different database settings will likely
|
||||
require modifications
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ in {
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./matomo.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./matomo.md;
|
||||
maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ florianjacob ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-matomo">
|
||||
<title>Matomo</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Matomo is a real-time web analytics application. This module
|
||||
configures php-fpm as backend for Matomo, optionally configuring an
|
||||
nginx vhost as well.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An automatic setup is not suported by Matomo, so you need to
|
||||
configure Matomo itself in the browser-based Matomo setup.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-matomo-database-setup">
|
||||
<title>Database Setup</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You also need to configure a MariaDB or MySQL database and -user
|
||||
for Matomo yourself, and enter those credentials in your browser.
|
||||
You can use passwordless database authentication via the
|
||||
UNIX_SOCKET authentication plugin with the following SQL commands:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
# For MariaDB
|
||||
INSTALL PLUGIN unix_socket SONAME 'auth_socket';
|
||||
CREATE DATABASE matomo;
|
||||
CREATE USER 'matomo'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED WITH unix_socket;
|
||||
GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON matomo.* TO 'matomo'@'localhost';
|
||||
|
||||
# For MySQL
|
||||
INSTALL PLUGIN auth_socket SONAME 'auth_socket.so';
|
||||
CREATE DATABASE matomo;
|
||||
CREATE USER 'matomo'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED WITH auth_socket;
|
||||
GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON matomo.* TO 'matomo'@'localhost';
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Then fill in <literal>matomo</literal> as database user and
|
||||
database name, and leave the password field blank. This
|
||||
authentication works by allowing only the
|
||||
<literal>matomo</literal> unix user to authenticate as the
|
||||
<literal>matomo</literal> database user (without needing a
|
||||
password), but no other users. For more information on
|
||||
passwordless login, see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://mariadb.com/kb/en/mariadb/unix_socket-authentication-plugin/">https://mariadb.com/kb/en/mariadb/unix_socket-authentication-plugin/</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Of course, you can use password based authentication as well, e.g.
|
||||
when the database is not on the same host.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-matomo-archive-processing">
|
||||
<title>Archive Processing</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This module comes with the systemd service
|
||||
<literal>matomo-archive-processing.service</literal> and a timer
|
||||
that automatically triggers archive processing every hour. This
|
||||
means that you can safely
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://matomo.org/docs/setup-auto-archiving/#disable-browser-triggers-for-matomo-archiving-and-limit-matomo-reports-to-updating-every-hour">disable
|
||||
browser triggers for Matomo archiving</link> at
|
||||
<literal>Administration > System > General Settings</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
With automatic archive processing, you can now also enable to
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://matomo.org/docs/privacy/#step-2-delete-old-visitors-logs">delete
|
||||
old visitor logs</link> at
|
||||
<literal>Administration > System > Privacy</literal>, but
|
||||
make sure that you run
|
||||
<literal>systemctl start matomo-archive-processing.service</literal>
|
||||
at least once without errors if you have already collected data
|
||||
before, so that the reports get archived before the source data
|
||||
gets deleted.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-matomo-backups">
|
||||
<title>Backup</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You only need to take backups of your MySQL database and the
|
||||
<filename>/var/lib/matomo/config/config.ini.php</filename> file.
|
||||
Use a user in the <literal>matomo</literal> group or root to
|
||||
access the file. For more information, see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://matomo.org/faq/how-to-install/faq_138/">https://matomo.org/faq/how-to-install/faq_138/</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-matomo-issues">
|
||||
<title>Issues</title>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Matomo will warn you that the JavaScript tracker is not
|
||||
writable. This is because it’s located in the read-only nix
|
||||
store. You can safely ignore this, unless you need a plugin
|
||||
that needs JavaScript tracker access.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-matomo-other-web-servers">
|
||||
<title>Using other Web Servers than nginx</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can use other web servers by forwarding calls for
|
||||
<filename>index.php</filename> and <filename>piwik.php</filename>
|
||||
to the
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.phpfpm.pools._name_.socket"><literal>services.phpfpm.pools.<name>.socket</literal></link>
|
||||
fastcgi unix socket. You can use the nginx configuration in the
|
||||
module code as a reference to what else should be configured.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -1146,5 +1146,5 @@ in {
|
||||
}
|
||||
]);
|
||||
|
||||
meta.doc = ./nextcloud.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./nextcloud.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-nextcloud">
|
||||
<title>Nextcloud</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://nextcloud.com/">Nextcloud</link> is an
|
||||
open-source, self-hostable cloud platform. The server setup can be
|
||||
automated using
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.nextcloud.enable">services.nextcloud</link>.
|
||||
A desktop client is packaged at
|
||||
<literal>pkgs.nextcloud-client</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The current default by NixOS is <literal>nextcloud25</literal> which
|
||||
is also the latest major version available.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-nextcloud-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Nextcloud is a PHP-based application which requires an HTTP server
|
||||
(<link linkend="opt-services.nextcloud.enable"><literal>services.nextcloud</literal></link>
|
||||
optionally supports
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.nginx.enable"><literal>services.nginx</literal></link>)
|
||||
and a database (it’s recommended to use
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.postgresql.enable"><literal>services.postgresql</literal></link>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A very basic configuration may look like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ pkgs, ... }:
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.nextcloud = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostName = "nextcloud.tld";
|
||||
config = {
|
||||
dbtype = "pgsql";
|
||||
dbuser = "nextcloud";
|
||||
dbhost = "/run/postgresql"; # nextcloud will add /.s.PGSQL.5432 by itself
|
||||
dbname = "nextcloud";
|
||||
adminpassFile = "/path/to/admin-pass-file";
|
||||
adminuser = "root";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services.postgresql = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
ensureDatabases = [ "nextcloud" ];
|
||||
ensureUsers = [
|
||||
{ name = "nextcloud";
|
||||
ensurePermissions."DATABASE nextcloud" = "ALL PRIVILEGES";
|
||||
}
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# ensure that postgres is running *before* running the setup
|
||||
systemd.services."nextcloud-setup" = {
|
||||
requires = ["postgresql.service"];
|
||||
after = ["postgresql.service"];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
networking.firewall.allowedTCPPorts = [ 80 443 ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <literal>hostName</literal> option is used internally to
|
||||
configure an HTTP server using
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://php-fpm.org/"><literal>PHP-FPM</literal></link>
|
||||
and <literal>nginx</literal>. The <literal>config</literal>
|
||||
attribute set is used by the imperative installer and all values
|
||||
are written to an additional file to ensure that changes can be
|
||||
applied by changing the module’s options.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In case the application serves multiple domains (those are checked
|
||||
with
|
||||
<link xlink:href="http://php.net/manual/en/reserved.variables.server.php"><literal>$_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']</literal></link>)
|
||||
it’s needed to add them to
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.nextcloud.config.extraTrustedDomains"><literal>services.nextcloud.config.extraTrustedDomains</literal></link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Auto updates for Nextcloud apps can be enabled using
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.nextcloud.autoUpdateApps.enable"><literal>services.nextcloud.autoUpdateApps</literal></link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-nextcloud-pitfalls-during-upgrade">
|
||||
<title>Common problems</title>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis role="strong">General notes.</emphasis>
|
||||
Unfortunately Nextcloud appears to be very stateful when it
|
||||
comes to managing its own configuration. The config file lives
|
||||
in the home directory of the <literal>nextcloud</literal> user
|
||||
(by default
|
||||
<literal>/var/lib/nextcloud/config/config.php</literal>) and
|
||||
is also used to track several states of the application (e.g.,
|
||||
whether installed or not).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
All configuration parameters are also stored in
|
||||
<filename>/var/lib/nextcloud/config/override.config.php</filename>
|
||||
which is generated by the module and linked from the store to
|
||||
ensure that all values from <filename>config.php</filename>
|
||||
can be modified by the module. However
|
||||
<filename>config.php</filename> manages the application’s
|
||||
state and shouldn’t be touched manually because of that.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Don’t delete <filename>config.php</filename>! This file
|
||||
tracks the application’s state and a deletion can cause
|
||||
unwanted side-effects!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Don’t rerun
|
||||
<literal>nextcloud-occ maintenance:install</literal>! This
|
||||
command tries to install the application and can cause
|
||||
unwanted side-effects!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis role="strong">Multiple version upgrades.</emphasis>
|
||||
Nextcloud doesn’t allow to move more than one major-version
|
||||
forward. E.g., if you’re on <literal>v16</literal>, you cannot
|
||||
upgrade to <literal>v18</literal>, you need to upgrade to
|
||||
<literal>v17</literal> first. This is ensured automatically as
|
||||
long as the
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-system.stateVersion">stateVersion</link> is
|
||||
declared properly. In that case the oldest version available
|
||||
(one major behind the one from the previous NixOS release)
|
||||
will be selected by default and the module will generate a
|
||||
warning that reminds the user to upgrade to latest Nextcloud
|
||||
<emphasis>after</emphasis> that deploy.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis role="strong"><literal>Error: Command "upgrade" is not defined.</literal></emphasis>
|
||||
This error usually occurs if the initial installation
|
||||
(<command>nextcloud-occ maintenance:install</command>) has
|
||||
failed. After that, the application is not installed, but the
|
||||
upgrade is attempted to be executed. Further context can be
|
||||
found in
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/111175">NixOS/nixpkgs#111175</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
First of all, it makes sense to find out what went wrong by
|
||||
looking at the logs of the installation via
|
||||
<command>journalctl -u nextcloud-setup</command> and try to
|
||||
fix the underlying issue.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If this occurs on an <emphasis>existing</emphasis> setup,
|
||||
this is most likely because the maintenance mode is
|
||||
active. It can be deactivated by running
|
||||
<command>nextcloud-occ maintenance:mode --off</command>.
|
||||
It’s advisable though to check the logs first on why the
|
||||
maintenance mode was activated.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Only perform the following measures on <emphasis>freshly
|
||||
installed instances!</emphasis>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A re-run of the installer can be forced by
|
||||
<emphasis>deleting</emphasis>
|
||||
<filename>/var/lib/nextcloud/config/config.php</filename>.
|
||||
This is the only time advisable because the fresh install
|
||||
doesn’t have any state that can be lost. In case that
|
||||
doesn’t help, an entire re-creation can be forced via
|
||||
<command>rm -rf ~nextcloud/</command>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis role="strong">Server-side encryption.</emphasis>
|
||||
Nextcloud supports
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://docs.nextcloud.com/server/latest/admin_manual/configuration_files/encryption_configuration.html">server-side
|
||||
encryption (SSE)</link>. This is not an end-to-end encryption,
|
||||
but can be used to encrypt files that will be persisted to
|
||||
external storage such as S3. Please note that this won’t work
|
||||
anymore when using OpenSSL 3 for PHP’s openssl extension
|
||||
because this is implemented using the legacy cipher RC4. If
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-system.stateVersion" /> is
|
||||
<emphasis>above</emphasis> <literal>22.05</literal>, this is
|
||||
disabled by default. To turn it on again and for further
|
||||
information please refer to
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.nextcloud.enableBrokenCiphersForSSE" />.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-nextcloud-httpd">
|
||||
<title>Using an alternative webserver as reverse-proxy (e.g.
|
||||
<literal>httpd</literal>)</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
By default, <literal>nginx</literal> is used as reverse-proxy for
|
||||
<literal>nextcloud</literal>. However, it’s possible to use e.g.
|
||||
<literal>httpd</literal> by explicitly disabling
|
||||
<literal>nginx</literal> using
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.nginx.enable" /> and fixing the
|
||||
settings <literal>listen.owner</literal> &
|
||||
<literal>listen.group</literal> in the
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.phpfpm.pools">corresponding
|
||||
<literal>phpfpm</literal> pool</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An exemplary configuration may look like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{ config, lib, pkgs, ... }: {
|
||||
services.nginx.enable = false;
|
||||
services.nextcloud = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
hostName = "localhost";
|
||||
|
||||
/* further, required options */
|
||||
};
|
||||
services.phpfpm.pools.nextcloud.settings = {
|
||||
"listen.owner" = config.services.httpd.user;
|
||||
"listen.group" = config.services.httpd.group;
|
||||
};
|
||||
services.httpd = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
adminAddr = "webmaster@localhost";
|
||||
extraModules = [ "proxy_fcgi" ];
|
||||
virtualHosts."localhost" = {
|
||||
documentRoot = config.services.nextcloud.package;
|
||||
extraConfig = ''
|
||||
<Directory "${config.services.nextcloud.package}">
|
||||
<FilesMatch "\.php$">
|
||||
<If "-f %{REQUEST_FILENAME}">
|
||||
SetHandler "proxy:unix:${config.services.phpfpm.pools.nextcloud.socket}|fcgi://localhost/"
|
||||
</If>
|
||||
</FilesMatch>
|
||||
<IfModule mod_rewrite.c>
|
||||
RewriteEngine On
|
||||
RewriteBase /
|
||||
RewriteRule ^index\.php$ - [L]
|
||||
RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-f
|
||||
RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-d
|
||||
RewriteRule . /index.php [L]
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
DirectoryIndex index.php
|
||||
Require all granted
|
||||
Options +FollowSymLinks
|
||||
</Directory>
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="installing-apps-php-extensions-nextcloud">
|
||||
<title>Installing Apps and PHP extensions</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Nextcloud apps are installed statefully through the web interface.
|
||||
Some apps may require extra PHP extensions to be installed. This
|
||||
can be configured with the
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.nextcloud.phpExtraExtensions" />
|
||||
setting.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Alternatively, extra apps can also be declared with the
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.nextcloud.extraApps" /> setting. When
|
||||
using this setting, apps can no longer be managed statefully
|
||||
because this can lead to Nextcloud updating apps that are managed
|
||||
by Nix. If you want automatic updates it is recommended that you
|
||||
use web interface to install apps.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-nextcloud-maintainer-info">
|
||||
<title>Maintainer information</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
As stated in the previous paragraph, we must provide a clean
|
||||
upgrade-path for Nextcloud since it cannot move more than one
|
||||
major version forward on a single upgrade. This chapter adds some
|
||||
notes how Nextcloud updates should be rolled out in the future.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
While minor and patch-level updates are no problem and can be done
|
||||
directly in the package-expression (and should be backported to
|
||||
supported stable branches after that), major-releases should be
|
||||
added in a new attribute (e.g. Nextcloud
|
||||
<literal>v19.0.0</literal> should be available in
|
||||
<literal>nixpkgs</literal> as
|
||||
<literal>pkgs.nextcloud19</literal>). To provide simple upgrade
|
||||
paths it’s generally useful to backport those as well to stable
|
||||
branches. As long as the package-default isn’t altered, this won’t
|
||||
break existing setups. After that, the versioning-warning in the
|
||||
<literal>nextcloud</literal>-module should be updated to make sure
|
||||
that the
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.nextcloud.package">package</link>-option
|
||||
selects the latest version on fresh setups.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If major-releases will be abandoned by upstream, we should check
|
||||
first if those are needed in NixOS for a safe upgrade-path before
|
||||
removing those. In that case we should keep those packages, but
|
||||
mark them as insecure in an expression like this (in
|
||||
<literal><nixpkgs/pkgs/servers/nextcloud/default.nix></literal>):
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
/* ... */
|
||||
{
|
||||
nextcloud17 = generic {
|
||||
version = "17.0.x";
|
||||
sha256 = "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000";
|
||||
eol = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Ideally we should make sure that it’s possible to jump two NixOS
|
||||
versions forward: i.e. the warnings and the logic in the module
|
||||
should guard a user to upgrade from a Nextcloud on e.g. 19.09 to a
|
||||
Nextcloud on 20.09.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ let
|
||||
in
|
||||
{
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ happysalada ];
|
||||
meta.doc = ./pict-rs.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./pict-rs.md;
|
||||
|
||||
options.services.pict-rs = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "pict-rs server");
|
||||
|
@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-pict-rs">
|
||||
<title>Pict-rs</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
pict-rs is a a simple image hosting service.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-pict-rs-quickstart">
|
||||
<title>Quickstart</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
the minimum to start pict-rs is
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
services.pict-rs.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
this will start the http server on port 8080 by default.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-pict-rs-usage">
|
||||
<title>Usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
pict-rs offers the following endpoints:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>POST /image</literal> for uploading an image.
|
||||
Uploaded content must be valid multipart/form-data with an
|
||||
image array located within the <literal>images[]</literal> key
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This endpoint returns the following JSON structure on success
|
||||
with a 201 Created status
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="json">
|
||||
{
|
||||
"files": [
|
||||
{
|
||||
"delete_token": "JFvFhqJA98",
|
||||
"file": "lkWZDRvugm.jpg"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"delete_token": "kAYy9nk2WK",
|
||||
"file": "8qFS0QooAn.jpg"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"delete_token": "OxRpM3sf0Y",
|
||||
"file": "1hJaYfGE01.jpg"
|
||||
}
|
||||
],
|
||||
"msg": "ok"
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>GET /image/download?url=...</literal> Download an
|
||||
image from a remote server, returning the same JSON payload as
|
||||
the <literal>POST</literal> endpoint
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>GET /image/original/{file}</literal> for getting a
|
||||
full-resolution image. <literal>file</literal> here is the
|
||||
<literal>file</literal> key from the <literal>/image</literal>
|
||||
endpoint’s JSON
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>GET /image/details/original/{file}</literal> for
|
||||
getting the details of a full-resolution image. The returned
|
||||
JSON is structured like so:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="json">
|
||||
{
|
||||
"width": 800,
|
||||
"height": 537,
|
||||
"content_type": "image/webp",
|
||||
"created_at": [
|
||||
2020,
|
||||
345,
|
||||
67376,
|
||||
394363487
|
||||
]
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>GET /image/process.{ext}?src={file}&...</literal>
|
||||
get a file with transformations applied. existing
|
||||
transformations include
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>identity=true</literal>: apply no changes
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>blur={float}</literal>: apply a gaussian blur to
|
||||
the file
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>thumbnail={int}</literal>: produce a thumbnail of
|
||||
the image fitting inside an <literal>{int}</literal> by
|
||||
<literal>{int}</literal> square using raw pixel sampling
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>resize={int}</literal>: produce a thumbnail of
|
||||
the image fitting inside an <literal>{int}</literal> by
|
||||
<literal>{int}</literal> square using a Lanczos2 filter.
|
||||
This is slower than sampling but looks a bit better in
|
||||
some cases
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>crop={int-w}x{int-h}</literal>: produce a cropped
|
||||
version of the image with an <literal>{int-w}</literal> by
|
||||
<literal>{int-h}</literal> aspect ratio. The resulting
|
||||
crop will be centered on the image. Either the width or
|
||||
height of the image will remain full-size, depending on
|
||||
the image’s aspect ratio and the requested aspect ratio.
|
||||
For example, a 1600x900 image cropped with a 1x1 aspect
|
||||
ratio will become 900x900. A 1600x1100 image cropped with
|
||||
a 16x9 aspect ratio will become 1600x900.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Supported <literal>ext</literal> file extensions include
|
||||
<literal>png</literal>, <literal>jpg</literal>, and
|
||||
<literal>webp</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An example of usage could be
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
GET /image/process.jpg?src=asdf.png&thumbnail=256&blur=3.0
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
which would create a 256x256px JPEG thumbnail and blur it
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>GET /image/details/process.{ext}?src={file}&...</literal>
|
||||
for getting the details of a processed image. The returned
|
||||
JSON is the same format as listed for the full-resolution
|
||||
details endpoint.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<literal>DELETE /image/delete/{delete_token}/{file}</literal>
|
||||
or <literal>GET /image/delete/{delete_token}/{file}</literal>
|
||||
to delete a file, where <literal>delete_token</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>file</literal> are from the <literal>/image</literal>
|
||||
endpoint’s JSON
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-pict-rs-missing">
|
||||
<title>Missing</title>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Configuring the secure-api-key is not included yet. The
|
||||
envisioned basic use case is consumption on localhost by other
|
||||
services without exposing the service to the internet.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -292,5 +292,5 @@ in {
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ ma27 ];
|
||||
meta.doc = ./plausible.xml;
|
||||
meta.doc = ./plausible.md;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-plausible">
|
||||
<title>Plausible</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://plausible.io/">Plausible</link> is a
|
||||
privacy-friendly alternative to Google analytics.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-plausible-basic-usage">
|
||||
<title>Basic Usage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
At first, a secret key is needed to be generated. This can be done
|
||||
with e.g.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ openssl rand -base64 64
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After that, <literal>plausible</literal> can be deployed like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
{
|
||||
services.plausible = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
adminUser = {
|
||||
# activate is used to skip the email verification of the admin-user that's
|
||||
# automatically created by plausible. This is only supported if
|
||||
# postgresql is configured by the module. This is done by default, but
|
||||
# can be turned off with services.plausible.database.postgres.setup.
|
||||
activate = true;
|
||||
email = "admin@localhost";
|
||||
passwordFile = "/run/secrets/plausible-admin-pwd";
|
||||
};
|
||||
server = {
|
||||
baseUrl = "http://analytics.example.org";
|
||||
# secretKeybaseFile is a path to the file which contains the secret generated
|
||||
# with openssl as described above.
|
||||
secretKeybaseFile = "/run/secrets/plausible-secret-key-base";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ let
|
||||
in
|
||||
{
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./garage.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./garage.md;
|
||||
maintainers = with pkgs.lib.maintainers; [ raitobezarius ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="module-services-garage">
|
||||
<title>Garage</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/">Garage</link> is
|
||||
an open-source, self-hostable S3 store, simpler than MinIO, for
|
||||
geodistributed stores. The server setup can be automated using
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.garage.enable">services.garage</link>. A
|
||||
client configured to your local Garage instance is available in the
|
||||
global environment as <literal>garage-manage</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The current default by NixOS is <literal>garage_0_8</literal> which
|
||||
is also the latest major version available.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-garage-upgrade-scenarios">
|
||||
<title>General considerations on upgrades</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Garage provides a cookbook documentation on how to upgrade:
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/documentation/cookbook/upgrading/">https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/documentation/cookbook/upgrading/</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Garage has two types of upgrades: patch-level upgrades and
|
||||
minor/major version upgrades.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In all cases, you should read the changelog and ideally test the
|
||||
upgrade on a staging cluster.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Checking the health of your cluster can be achieved using
|
||||
<literal>garage-manage repair</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Until 1.0 is released, patch-level upgrades are considered as
|
||||
minor version upgrades. Minor version upgrades are considered as
|
||||
major version upgrades. i.e. 0.6 to 0.7 is a major version
|
||||
upgrade.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis role="strong">Straightforward upgrades (patch-level
|
||||
upgrades).</emphasis> Upgrades must be performed one by one,
|
||||
i.e. for each node, stop it, upgrade it : change
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-system.stateVersion">stateVersion</link> or
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.garage.package">services.garage.package</link>,
|
||||
restart it if it was not already by switching.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<emphasis role="strong">Multiple version upgrades.</emphasis>
|
||||
Garage do not provide any guarantee on moving more than one
|
||||
major-version forward. E.g., if you’re on
|
||||
<literal>0.7</literal>, you cannot upgrade to
|
||||
<literal>0.9</literal>. You need to upgrade to
|
||||
<literal>0.8</literal> first. As long as
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-system.stateVersion">stateVersion</link> is
|
||||
declared properly, this is enforced automatically. The module
|
||||
will issue a warning to remind the user to upgrade to latest
|
||||
Garage <emphasis>after</emphasis> that deploy.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-garage-advanced-upgrades">
|
||||
<title>Advanced upgrades (minor/major version upgrades)</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Here are some baseline instructions to handle advanced upgrades in
|
||||
Garage, when in doubt, please refer to upstream instructions.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Disable API and web access to Garage.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Perform
|
||||
<literal>garage-manage repair --all-nodes --yes tables</literal>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<literal>garage-manage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Verify the resulting logs and check that data is synced
|
||||
properly between all nodes. If you have time, do additional
|
||||
checks (<literal>scrub</literal>,
|
||||
<literal>block_refs</literal>, etc.).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Check if queues are empty by
|
||||
<literal>garage-manage stats</literal> or through monitoring
|
||||
tools.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Run <literal>systemctl stop garage</literal> to stop the
|
||||
actual Garage version.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Backup the metadata folder of ALL your nodes, e.g. for a
|
||||
metadata directory (the default one) in
|
||||
<literal>/var/lib/garage/meta</literal>, you can run
|
||||
<literal>pushd /var/lib/garage; tar -acf meta-v0.7.tar.zst meta/; popd</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Run the offline migration:
|
||||
<literal>nix-shell -p garage_0_8 --run "garage offline-repair --yes"</literal>,
|
||||
this can take some time depending on how many objects are
|
||||
stored in your cluster.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Bump Garage version in your NixOS configuration, either by
|
||||
changing
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-system.stateVersion">stateVersion</link> or
|
||||
bumping
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.garage.package">services.garage.package</link>,
|
||||
this should restart Garage automatically.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Perform
|
||||
<literal>garage-manage repair --all-nodes --yes tables</literal>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<literal>garage-manage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Wait for a full table sync to run.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Your upgraded cluster should be in a working state, re-enable API
|
||||
and web access.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="module-services-garage-maintainer-info">
|
||||
<title>Maintainer information</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
As stated in the previous paragraph, we must provide a clean
|
||||
upgrade-path for Garage since it cannot move more than one major
|
||||
version forward on a single upgrade. This chapter adds some notes
|
||||
how Garage updates should be rolled out in the future. This is
|
||||
inspired from how Nextcloud does it.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
While patch-level updates are no problem and can be done directly
|
||||
in the package-expression (and should be backported to supported
|
||||
stable branches after that), major-releases should be added in a
|
||||
new attribute (e.g. Garage <literal>v0.8.0</literal> should be
|
||||
available in <literal>nixpkgs</literal> as
|
||||
<literal>pkgs.garage_0_8_0</literal>). To provide simple upgrade
|
||||
paths it’s generally useful to backport those as well to stable
|
||||
branches. As long as the package-default isn’t altered, this won’t
|
||||
break existing setups. After that, the versioning-warning in the
|
||||
<literal>garage</literal>-module should be updated to make sure
|
||||
that the
|
||||
<link linkend="opt-services.garage.package">package</link>-option
|
||||
selects the latest version on fresh setups.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If major-releases will be abandoned by upstream, we should check
|
||||
first if those are needed in NixOS for a safe upgrade-path before
|
||||
removing those. In that case we shold keep those packages, but
|
||||
mark them as insecure in an expression like this (in
|
||||
<literal><nixpkgs/pkgs/tools/filesystem/garage/default.nix></literal>):
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
/* ... */
|
||||
{
|
||||
garage_0_7_3 = generic {
|
||||
version = "0.7.3";
|
||||
sha256 = "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000";
|
||||
eol = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Ideally we should make sure that it’s possible to jump two NixOS
|
||||
versions forward: i.e. the warnings and the logic in the module
|
||||
should guard a user to upgrade from a Garage on e.g. 22.11 to a
|
||||
Garage on 23.11.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ in
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./gnome.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./gnome.md;
|
||||
maintainers = teams.gnome.members;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="chap-gnome">
|
||||
<title>GNOME Desktop</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
GNOME provides a simple, yet full-featured desktop environment with
|
||||
a focus on productivity. Its Mutter compositor supports both Wayland
|
||||
and X server, and the GNOME Shell user interface is fully
|
||||
customizable by extensions.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-enable">
|
||||
<title>Enabling GNOME</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
All of the core apps, optional apps, games, and core developer
|
||||
tools from GNOME are available.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To enable the GNOME desktop use:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.xserver.desktopManager.gnome.enable = true;
|
||||
services.xserver.displayManager.gdm.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
While it is not strictly necessary to use GDM as the display
|
||||
manager with GNOME, it is recommended, as some features such as
|
||||
screen lock
|
||||
<link linkend="sec-gnome-faq-can-i-use-lightdm-with-gnome">might
|
||||
not work</link> without it.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The default applications used in NixOS are very minimal, inspired
|
||||
by the defaults used in
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-build-meta/blob/40.0/elements/core/meta-gnome-core-utilities.bst">gnome-build-meta</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-without-the-apps">
|
||||
<title>GNOME without the apps</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you’d like to only use the GNOME desktop and not the apps,
|
||||
you can disable them with:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.gnome.core-utilities.enable = false;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
and none of them will be installed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you’d only like to omit a subset of the core utilities, you
|
||||
can use
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-environment.gnome.excludePackages" />. Note
|
||||
that this mechanism can only exclude core utilities, games and
|
||||
core developer tools.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-disabling-services">
|
||||
<title>Disabling GNOME services</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It is also possible to disable many of the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/blob/b8ec4fd2a4edc4e30d02ba7b1a2cc1358f3db1d5/nixos/modules/services/x11/desktop-managers/gnome.nix#L329-L348">core
|
||||
services</link>. For example, if you do not need indexing files,
|
||||
you can disable Tracker with:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.gnome.tracker-miners.enable = false;
|
||||
services.gnome.tracker.enable = false;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note, however, that doing so is not supported and might break
|
||||
some applications. Notably, GNOME Music cannot work without
|
||||
Tracker.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-games">
|
||||
<title>GNOME games</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can install all of the GNOME games with:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.gnome.games.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-core-developer-tools">
|
||||
<title>GNOME core developer tools</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can install GNOME core developer tools with:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.gnome.core-developer-tools.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-enable-flashback">
|
||||
<title>Enabling GNOME Flashback</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
GNOME Flashback provides a desktop environment based on the
|
||||
classic GNOME 2 architecture. You can enable the default GNOME
|
||||
Flashback session, which uses the Metacity window manager, with:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.xserver.desktopManager.gnome.flashback.enableMetacity = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It is also possible to create custom sessions that replace
|
||||
Metacity with a different window manager using
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.xserver.desktopManager.gnome.flashback.customSessions" />.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following example uses <literal>xmonad</literal> window
|
||||
manager:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.xserver.desktopManager.gnome.flashback.customSessions = [
|
||||
{
|
||||
wmName = "xmonad";
|
||||
wmLabel = "XMonad";
|
||||
wmCommand = "${pkgs.haskellPackages.xmonad}/bin/xmonad";
|
||||
enableGnomePanel = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-icons-and-gtk-themes">
|
||||
<title>Icons and GTK Themes</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Icon themes and GTK themes don’t require any special option to
|
||||
install in NixOS.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can add them to
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-environment.systemPackages" /> and switch to
|
||||
them with GNOME Tweaks. If you’d like to do this manually in
|
||||
dconf, change the values of the following keys:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
/org/gnome/desktop/interface/gtk-theme
|
||||
/org/gnome/desktop/interface/icon-theme
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
in <literal>dconf-editor</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-shell-extensions">
|
||||
<title>Shell Extensions</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Most Shell extensions are packaged under the
|
||||
<literal>gnomeExtensions</literal> attribute. Some packages that
|
||||
include Shell extensions, like <literal>gnome.gpaste</literal>,
|
||||
don’t have their extension decoupled under this attribute.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can install them like any other package:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
environment.systemPackages = [
|
||||
gnomeExtensions.dash-to-dock
|
||||
gnomeExtensions.gsconnect
|
||||
gnomeExtensions.mpris-indicator-button
|
||||
];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Unfortunately, we lack a way for these to be managed in a
|
||||
completely declarative way. So you have to enable them manually
|
||||
with an Extensions application. It is possible to use a
|
||||
<link linkend="sec-gnome-gsettings-overrides">GSettings
|
||||
override</link> for this on
|
||||
<literal>org.gnome.shell.enabled-extensions</literal>, but that
|
||||
will only influence the default value.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-gsettings-overrides">
|
||||
<title>GSettings Overrides</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Majority of software building on the GNOME platform use GLib’s
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://developer.gnome.org/gio/unstable/GSettings.html">GSettings</link>
|
||||
system to manage runtime configuration. For our purposes, the
|
||||
system consists of XML schemas describing the individual
|
||||
configuration options, stored in the package, and a settings
|
||||
backend, where the values of the settings are stored. On NixOS,
|
||||
like on most Linux distributions, dconf database is used as the
|
||||
backend.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://developer.gnome.org/gio/unstable/GSettings.html#id-1.4.19.2.9.25">GSettings
|
||||
vendor overrides</link> can be used to adjust the default values
|
||||
for settings of the GNOME desktop and apps by replacing the
|
||||
default values specified in the XML schemas. Using overrides will
|
||||
allow you to pre-seed user settings before you even start the
|
||||
session.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Overrides really only change the default values for GSettings
|
||||
keys so if you or an application changes the setting value, the
|
||||
value set by the override will be ignored. Until
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/54150">NixOS’s
|
||||
dconf module implements changing values</link>, you will either
|
||||
need to keep that in mind and clear the setting from the backend
|
||||
using <literal>dconf reset</literal> command when that happens,
|
||||
or use the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://nix-community.github.io/home-manager/options.html#opt-dconf.settings">module
|
||||
from home-manager</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can override the default GSettings values using the
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.xserver.desktopManager.gnome.extraGSettingsOverrides" />
|
||||
option.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Take note that whatever packages you want to override GSettings
|
||||
for, you need to add them to
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.xserver.desktopManager.gnome.extraGSettingsOverridePackages" />.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can use <literal>dconf-editor</literal> tool to explore which
|
||||
GSettings you can set.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-gsettings-overrides-example">
|
||||
<title>Example</title>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.xserver.desktopManager.gnome = {
|
||||
extraGSettingsOverrides = ''
|
||||
# Change default background
|
||||
[org.gnome.desktop.background]
|
||||
picture-uri='file://${pkgs.nixos-artwork.wallpapers.mosaic-blue.gnomeFilePath}'
|
||||
|
||||
# Favorite apps in gnome-shell
|
||||
[org.gnome.shell]
|
||||
favorite-apps=['org.gnome.Photos.desktop', 'org.gnome.Nautilus.desktop']
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
||||
extraGSettingsOverridePackages = [
|
||||
pkgs.gsettings-desktop-schemas # for org.gnome.desktop
|
||||
pkgs.gnome.gnome-shell # for org.gnome.shell
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-faq">
|
||||
<title>Frequently Asked Questions</title>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-gnome-faq-can-i-use-lightdm-with-gnome">
|
||||
<title>Can I use LightDM with GNOME?</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Yes you can, and any other display-manager in NixOS.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
However, it doesn’t work correctly for the Wayland session of
|
||||
GNOME Shell yet, and won’t be able to lock your screen.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/56342">this
|
||||
issue.</link>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ in
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
doc = ./pantheon.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./pantheon.md;
|
||||
maintainers = teams.pantheon.members;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="chap-pantheon">
|
||||
<title>Pantheon Desktop</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Pantheon is the desktop environment created for the elementary OS
|
||||
distribution. It is written from scratch in Vala, utilizing GNOME
|
||||
technologies with GTK and Granite.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-pantheon-enable">
|
||||
<title>Enabling Pantheon</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
All of Pantheon is working in NixOS and the applications should be
|
||||
available, aside from a few
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/58161">exceptions</link>.
|
||||
To enable Pantheon, set
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.xserver.desktopManager.pantheon.enable = true;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This automatically enables LightDM and Pantheon’s LightDM greeter.
|
||||
If you’d like to disable this, set
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.xserver.displayManager.lightdm.greeters.pantheon.enable = false;
|
||||
services.xserver.displayManager.lightdm.enable = false;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
but please be aware using Pantheon without LightDM as a display
|
||||
manager will break screenlocking from the UI. The NixOS module for
|
||||
Pantheon installs all of Pantheon’s default applications. If you’d
|
||||
like to not install Pantheon’s apps, set
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
services.pantheon.apps.enable = false;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can also use
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-environment.pantheon.excludePackages" /> to
|
||||
remove any other app (like <literal>elementary-mail</literal>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-pantheon-wingpanel-switchboard">
|
||||
<title>Wingpanel and Switchboard plugins</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Wingpanel and Switchboard work differently than they do in other
|
||||
distributions, as far as using plugins. You cannot install a
|
||||
plugin globally (like with
|
||||
<option>environment.systemPackages</option>) to start using it.
|
||||
You should instead be using the following options:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.xserver.desktopManager.pantheon.extraWingpanelIndicators" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-services.xserver.desktopManager.pantheon.extraSwitchboardPlugs" />
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
to configure the programs with plugs or indicators.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The difference in NixOS is both these programs are patched to load
|
||||
plugins from a directory that is the value of an environment
|
||||
variable. All of which is controlled in Nix. If you need to
|
||||
configure the particular packages manually you can override the
|
||||
packages like:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
wingpanel-with-indicators.override {
|
||||
indicators = [
|
||||
pkgs.some-special-indicator
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
switchboard-with-plugs.override {
|
||||
plugs = [
|
||||
pkgs.some-special-plug
|
||||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
please note that, like how the NixOS options describe these as
|
||||
extra plugins, this would only add to the default plugins included
|
||||
with the programs. If for some reason you’d like to configure
|
||||
which plugins to use exactly, both packages have an argument for
|
||||
this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
wingpanel-with-indicators.override {
|
||||
useDefaultIndicators = false;
|
||||
indicators = specialListOfIndicators;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
switchboard-with-plugs.override {
|
||||
useDefaultPlugs = false;
|
||||
plugs = specialListOfPlugs;
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
this could be most useful for testing a particular plug-in in
|
||||
isolation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-pantheon-faq">
|
||||
<title>FAQ</title>
|
||||
<variablelist spacing="compact">
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="sec-pantheon-faq-messed-up-theme" />I have
|
||||
switched from a different desktop and Pantheon’s theming looks
|
||||
messed up.
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Open Switchboard and go to: Administration → About → Restore
|
||||
Default Settings → Restore Settings. This will reset any
|
||||
dconf settings to their Pantheon defaults. Note this could
|
||||
reset certain GNOME specific preferences if that desktop was
|
||||
used prior.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="sec-pantheon-faq-gnome-and-pantheon" />I
|
||||
cannot enable both GNOME and Pantheon.
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This is a known
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/64611">issue</link>
|
||||
and there is no known workaround.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>
|
||||
<anchor xml:id="sec-pantheon-faq-appcenter" />Does AppCenter
|
||||
work, or is it available?
|
||||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
AppCenter has been available since 20.03. Starting from
|
||||
21.11, the Flatpak backend should work so you can install
|
||||
some Flatpak applications using it. However, due to missing
|
||||
appstream metadata, the Packagekit backend does not function
|
||||
currently. See this
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/15932">issue</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you are using Pantheon, AppCenter should be installed by
|
||||
default if you have
|
||||
<link linkend="module-services-flatpak">Flatpak
|
||||
support</link> enabled. If you also wish to add the
|
||||
<literal>appcenter</literal> Flatpak remote:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
$ flatpak remote-add --if-not-exists appcenter https://flatpak.elementary.io/repo.flatpakrepo
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ in
|
||||
{
|
||||
meta = {
|
||||
maintainers = with maintainers; [ cole-h grahamc raitobezarius ];
|
||||
doc = ./external.xml;
|
||||
doc = ./external.md;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
options.boot.loader.external = {
|
||||
|
@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!-- Do not edit this file directly, edit its companion .md instead
|
||||
and regenerate this file using nixos/doc/manual/md-to-db.sh -->
|
||||
<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="sec-bootloader-external">
|
||||
<title>External Bootloader Backends</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
NixOS has support for several bootloader backends by default:
|
||||
systemd-boot, grub, uboot, etc. The built-in bootloader backend
|
||||
support is generic and supports most use cases. Some users may
|
||||
prefer to create advanced workflows around managing the bootloader
|
||||
and bootable entries.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can replace the built-in bootloader support with your own
|
||||
tooling using the <quote>external</quote> bootloader option.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Imagine you have created a new package called FooBoot. FooBoot
|
||||
provides a program at
|
||||
<literal>${pkgs.fooboot}/bin/fooboot-install</literal> which takes
|
||||
the system closure’s path as its only argument and configures the
|
||||
system’s bootloader.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can enable FooBoot like this:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
{ pkgs, ... }: {
|
||||
boot.loader.external = {
|
||||
enable = true;
|
||||
installHook = "${pkgs.fooboot}/bin/fooboot-install";
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<section xml:id="sec-bootloader-external-developing">
|
||||
<title>Developing Custom Bootloader Backends</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Bootloaders should use
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/NixOS/rfcs/pull/125">RFC-0125</link>’s
|
||||
Bootspec format and synthesis tools to identify the key properties
|
||||
for bootable system generations.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user